Home

2008 Pontiac Solstice Owners Manual

1. sceeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the Tank c c cscsescsesesssesesesesecscscseseees 5 g Bulb Replacement dd ss 5 46 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 5 10 Halogen 378 o A N re ERE theta eee ARE SEER 5 46 i Headlamps 25 es sas Fase neteller Elg 5 47 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 47 Hood Release OOTTE 5 11 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 5 48 Engine Compartment Overview 2 5 12 Back Up Lamps 1 sssseeereereeeeere rr rer kr nr nene 5 48 Engine Oil FEE ELDELE FEE ERE ED REDER EEE ESF EEK ER FEEL ERE FEREEEE 5 15 License Plate Lamp c cceccessesecsereeseseeseesesees 5 49 Engine Oil Life System ceeeeeeeteees 5 19 Replacement Bulbs 0ccceeecccceeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 49 Automatic Transmission Fiuid 0 823 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 50 Manual Transmission Fluid eeeeeeeee 5 23 5 1 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care EUT Serene ES Eee 5 51 Winter TIES is cncsiesncncetecuchdaweia nates no covenant 5 52 Tire Sidewall Labeling eeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 53 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 55 Inflation Tire Pressure cscs 5 58 Tire Pressure Monitor System eeeeeeeeees 5 59 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 5 61 Tire Inspection and Rotation eee 5 65 When It Is Time for New Tires nccc 5 67 Buying Ne
2. ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 6 16 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended GM Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time
3. much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests The belt is over an armrest Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION V itt You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest S SSF i FS T SS SEINE K KY N Dy S N WG lle j
4. Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and Have your vehicle fixed immediately 2 29 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 29 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 19 2 30 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when it is on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the automatic transmission shift lever to PARK P or the manual transmission shift lever to NEUTRAL Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Sh
5. OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S 2 33 OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that ca
6. J Tune Turn to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays D gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays RDM Random With the random setting you can listen to the tracks in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random on the Radio with CD Base do one of the following 1 Press to play tracks from the CD you are listening to in random order The random icon displays 2 Press again to turn off random play The random icon disappears from the display To use random on the Radio with CD MP3 or the Radio with Six Disc player do one of the following Press the CD AUX button or for a single CD player insert a disc partway into the slot of the CD player A RDM label displays To play the tracks from the single CD in random order press the pushbutton positioned unde
7. Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather On vehicles with power windows the switches on the driver s door armrest control both windows Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets ina vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition The passenger s door has a window switch that controls key is dangerous for many reasons children that window Press the front of the switch to open the or others could be badly injured or even killed window Pull the switch up to close it They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows Express Down Window Windows with an express down feature allow the window t
8. Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 9 for more information Remove the two screws which hold the taillamp assembly from inside the vehicle Remove the taillamp assembly Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove Pull the bulb from the socket Install a new bulb Reverse the steps to reinstall the taillamp assembly 5 48 1 Back Up Lamps The back up lamps are located in the rear bumper To replace a bulb Reach behind up and under the rear bumper and locate the bulb socket Turn it counterclockwise to remove from the bulb assembly Pull the bulb from the bulb socket Push in a new bulb into the bulb socket Reinstall the bulb socket by lining up the tabs in the lamp assembly and turn it clockwise to secure it License Plate Lamp To replace the license plate lamp bulb Remove the two screws holding the license plate lamp assembly to the fascia Turn and pull the license plate lamp forward through the fascia opening Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket Install the new bulb Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the lamp assembly Replacement Bulbs Headlamps High Low Beam Daytime Running H13 Lights Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamp 3157K For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer Uplevel Model 5 49 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades shou
9. ceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 101 Speedometer 0 e ce eceeeteceeseneeetesertdecensenderesnene 3 22 Starting the Engine ccceeeceeesseneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 20 SIENNO saas andele ia eaa jan e ETE baton anncys 4 12 Steering Wheel Controls Audio ee 3 69 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel ceceeeee eee 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area cseeeeee ee 2 36 Cupholder S ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 2 35 GIOVE BOX cz dred icimend oetineccnen KEE i nas 2 35 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 0608 4 23 SUM VISONS ane ctecnctanasca ts aan aaee E E KE REE 2 13 Tachometer scniccceceeets en men hole 3 22 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps u ssseeererree 5 48 Theft Deterrent Radio sssssssseeeeereeeeeee 3 68 Theft Deterrent Systems W W sssseeeeere renerne 2 13 Content Theft Deterrent u sssseeeereee 2 13 PASS Key Ul oo cccecccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 15 PASS Key Ill Operation 1 2 15 Tilt Wheelerin sn enni orne ees 3 6 Time Setting cee ee rr an enke 3 50 Tire Pressure LIGE scsscacscs sacaceade acids i 3 31 SSL e ee E E S 5 51 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels CICANIAG anseio annenin piii aaas 5 91 Buying New Tires sassesscessnsrrserenrennrerenns 5 68 CHAINS sarmana E ea ES 5 74 Cleaning oser er aeaiia a aia 5 91 Different Size irriaren aina a lies 5 69 If a Tire Goes Fla
10. coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank but only when the engine is cool If the coolant surge tank is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Engine Overheating There is an engine coolant temperature warning light on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 30 for more information 5 27 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood I
11. CHECK TIRE PRESS Pressure This message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 51 Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 31 COMPETITIVE MODE If your vehicle has this feature this message displays when the Competitive Driving mode is selected The Traction Control System TCS will not be operating while in the Competitive Driving mode and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster will be on solid Adjust your driving accordingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information CRUISE ENGAGED This message displays when the cruise control system is active See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information DOOR AJAR This message displays if one or more of the vehicle s doors are not closed properly Make sure that the door s are closed completely ENGINE DISABLED
12. For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 49 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer 5 46 Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps To replace the low high beam Daytime Running Lamps DRL headlamp bulb 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 2 Locate the headlamp bulb socket 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it from the headlamp assembly 4 Holding the base of the socket pull the old bulb from the socket 5 Replace with a new bulb 6 Reverse Steps 3 through 4 to reinstall Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps A Front Turn Signal Parking Lamp B Fog Lamp If Equipped A B S b w To replace one of these bulbs 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 2 Reach underneath the front bumper and locate the bulb assembly 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out the bulb assembly 4 Disconnect the bulb socket from the wiring harness 5 Install a new bulb 6 Reverse the steps to reinstall the bulb assembly and headlamp assembly 5 47 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps To replace one of these bulbs 1 SOOM ee
13. terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negative ground bracket for this purpose Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal 5 44 Jumper Cable Removal Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead b
14. Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EI MOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For vehicles purchased in the U S call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762
15. In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na
16. See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank add coolant as follows 5 32 A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap A CAUTION A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant p ae Waler fe a wrong 1 Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when mixture the engine could get too hot but you the cooling system including the coolant surge tank would not get the overheat warning The engine pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer could catch fire and you or others could be hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable about
17. Spot Lifter Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet 5 93 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration 5 94 Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information Vehicle Identification Number VIN Model designation Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s
18. Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 25 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Example 1 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your TT vehicle Consult this manual to determine how Item Description Total this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Vehicle Capacity A Weight for 400 Ibs 181 kg Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended EN Example 1 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 150 Ibs 68 kg 68 kg x 1 Available Occupant ie and Cargo Weight 200 Pa Tak to tow a trailer 4 26 Example 2 Item Description Total Vehicle
19. ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 5 36 Fog Lamp FOG le dress ELAN Se 3 14 UGH nore ee ER E E EEEE 5 5 Additives 25 enretenar e e Ra ETE 5 6 California Fuel ccccccececeeeeeeeeeeneaeaeaenees 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Filling the Tank ciscsvetadingutetdevaseicettyecnsadianereiees 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries eeeeeeeeeeeees 5 7 Gage cenimin eaae AN E E onder 3 36 Gasoline Octane ccc ccc ec ec ec cence ee eeeaeaeeenees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 5 Low Warning Light scorende 3 37 Fuses Floor Console Fuse Block cceseeeeeeees 5 96 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 0 seee es 5 95 Underhood Fuse Block cccececeeeeeee ences 5 97 Gage Fuel ch schesecacindaaagananetiel a e a ae 3 36 Speedometer ccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 3 22 TAGNOMECISN anea e E EE sends 3 22 Gasoline Olei ae e E E E A EEE 5 5 Specifications 5 522 soislne br sansene teasaidi 5 5 GIOVE BOX porcii enoe ae T E EAE 2 35 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 0 5 7 6 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeeeenee eters 3 6 Headlamp AIMN iiaa aia AEE 5 46 Headlamp Wiring 22222 sobre sne besueaes eiea 5 95 Headlamps sssseeeeeererreere nerne rr enn nenne 3 13 5 47 Bulb Replacement 5252 reed 5 46 Daytime Running Lamps ssseseseeereern ener 3 14 Fl ash to Pass 3225 gade tdewetentecamen
20. could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan are running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If they are not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle 5 31 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice The engine has a specific cooling system drain and fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged If the engine s cooling system needs to be drained and re filled please see the dealer retailer If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it
21. level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 12 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 67 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance When rotating Goodyear Eagle RSA P245 45R18 On Page Oe non directional tires always use the correct The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve rotation pattern shown here a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate the tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 67 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 72 Non Directional Tires 5 65 After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 Reset the Tire Pressure monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 61 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 101 A CAUTION Rust o
22. mud ice or snow See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 23 and Winter Tires on page 5 52 Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Unless you have the Antilock Brake System ABS you will want to brake very gently too If you do have ABS see Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether your vehicle has ABS or not begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement Without ABS if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can Remember unless your vehicle has ABS if you brake so hard that the wheels stop rolling you will just slide Brake so the wheels always keep rolling and you can still steer Whatever your vehicle s braking system allow greater following distance on any slippery road Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass can remain ic
23. such as engine oil in the brake or clutch hydraulic system can damage brake or clutch hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 88 Brake Wear Your vehicle has disc brakes Front disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on
24. this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster comes on solid when ESC is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information KEY FOB BATT Battery LOW This message displays if the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter battery is low Replace the battery in the transmitter See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 LEARN COMPLETE On vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS has completed the tire learning process See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 59 for more information 3 42 LOW TRACTION If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster flashes when the system is actively limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly This message stays on for a few seconds after the system stops limiting wheel spin See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information PARKING BRAKE This message displays if the parking brak
25. when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You might be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed You might notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on accele
26. 0 F r SEERNES eneninda 3 35 Reduced Engine Power Light 2 4L Engine Only 2 00 00 cceeeeeeeeee teeter renee 3 35 Highbeam On Light 0 ce eee 3 35 Trunk Ajar Eight eise as hehren minnanna sabes 3 36 Service Vehicle Soon Light sssseererere 3 36 Fuel Gage dn Era rarere 3 36 Low Fuel Warning Light 2202 burn 3 37 Section 3 Instrument Panel Driver Information Center DIC 0 3 37 Using ani MPS aar eee bent rer 3 63 DIC Operation and Displays 6 0seee 3 38 XM Radio Messages 0 ececereeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 67 DIC Warnings and Messages 6eeeseeeeeees 3 40 Theft Deterrent Feature e eeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 68 DIC Vehicle Personalization ceeeeeeeees 3 44 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 3 69 i 2 Radio Reception 232 assessor 3 69 ri Mee ey hed Mast Antonina oe ur on 3 70 Radio S oiscucsecesassventouctensecoatsestiacsieverienwnens 3 53 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 70 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview The main components of your instrument panel are the following A Side Window Outlets See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 20 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Cruise Control Buttons If Equipped See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Clust
27. 6 A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in
28. Capacity Weight for 400 Ibs 181 kg Example 2 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 2 Example 3 Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity A Weight for 400 Ibs 181 kg Example 3 Subtract Occupant Weight 200 lbs 400 Ibs 181 kg 91 kg x 2 Available Cargo er Weight 100 Ibs 45 kg Available Cargo o Agii oies 0o 4 27 Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label aM MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP i DATE GWR GAWR FRT LJ E LC THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL iigl OTOR E S VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE D F WN ABOVE 200 ASS CAR A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door or the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the driver s door latch 4 28 It tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating G
29. Compressor later in this section Be sure to read and follow all of the tire sealant and compressor kit instructions The kit includes 5 76 A Air Compressor E Air Pressure Gage B Tire Sealant Canister F Air Compressor C Air Compressor Inflator Hose Accessory Plug G Sealant Filling Hose D On Off Switch After temporarily sealing the tire with the sealant and compressor kit it is recommended to take your vehicle to a dealer retailer as soon as possible to have the tire inspected and repaired If the sealant is not removed from the tire within 100 miles 161 kilometers of driving the dealer retailer may recommend that the tire be replaced Accessing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit To access the tire sealant and compressor kit 1 Make sure the convertible top is in the up position before accessing the tire sealant and compressor kit 2 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 9 for more information 3 Locate the tire sealant and compressor kit on the driver side of the vehicle near the back corner of the trunk 4 Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit strap by squeezing the two tabs of the quick release buckle 5 Remove the sealant and compressor kit from its foam container Tire Sealant Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the sealant canister The sealant can temporarily seal a punctures up to 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire The sealant cannot seal sidewa
30. Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Cooling System 2 0L Engine Automatic 8 7L 2 0L Engine Manual 9 0L 2 4L Engine Automatic 8 2L 2 4L Engine Manual 8 4 L Engine Oil with Filter 4 7L Fuel Tank 51 5L Transmission Automatic Complete Drain and Refill 7 0L Transmission Manual Complete Drain and Refill 2 6L Wheel Nut Torque 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual 5 101 Engine Specifications Engine Win coe Spark Plug Gap Automatic Automatic 5 102 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 ceeeeeeeeneees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 IMMOCUCHION Seo so Als rare beder dan sek deacons 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill snes sa ad seek diweestcibens 6 8 Maintenance Requirements seeeeeeeee ee 6 2 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee erne 6 9 Using the Maintenance Schedule c eeeeeeeeens 6 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Additional Required Services ceeeeeee eee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 6 15 Maintenance Footnotes cceeeeeeeeeeeee eters 6 7 Maintenance Record
31. Delayed Locking eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 2 8 Manual Door cpccccccciccscectan sacs snn nnne 2 7 Power DOO ur detention lari odes 2 8 Loss Of Control c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 14 Low Coolant Warning Light a se 3 30 Low Fuel Warning Light a nn 3 37 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 1 eeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill czctdesrscts cccticiccs saae 6 8 At Least Once a Month cccceceeeeeeeee ees 6 9 At Least Once a Year ccccccc cece cscs ee eeenenens 6 9 Introduction sidisen ninna nnan EEES 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes ccccceeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 6 7 Maintenance Record ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 16 Maintenance Requirements 6 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Owner Checks and Services cccceeeeeeeees 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ccccceeeeee eens 6 4 USING raen rn ieee esa eee 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light ceeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 32 Manual Seats ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeneneees 1 2 Manual Transmission FUA ieiet Ene rese 5 23 Operaatio roras a ony Ree 2 24 Manual USINO 35 ar er e Ei iii Manual Windows cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 2 11 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0seeeeeeee Mirror Reading Lamps e e
32. Deterrent cceeeeeeeeee eee eeeee 2 13 Control of a Vehicle vasissecn settee tears 4 3 Convertible TOP ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 36 Coolant Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 30 Low Warning Light s2icccevetentieoiecdiiaotieacsstecke 3 30 Surge Tank Pressure Cap cceeeeeeeeeeeneees 5 27 Cooling SySteM ceceeceeeeee eee eee eee br hen rd 5 29 Cruise Control seors leii iann e iai iaa 3 10 Cupholder S sirmione nori ema n DEER 2 35 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation c ceeeeeeeeeeeen tees 7 10 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users e eseeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices ceeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 005 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors cseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government cceeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 6 eeeeeeeees 7 15 Roadside Assistance Program icce 7 7 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 16 Daytime Running Lamps cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 14 Defensive Driving an area earned 4 2 Delayed LOCKING sisal i dntianeeaes iiaea 2 8 Disc MP3 seicsicexsetosersse thine teen te ited secre etioeels 3 63 Doing Your Own Service Wor
33. General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to Get e mail service reminders Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule Find GM dealers retailers for service nationwide Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save deta
34. It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN with the engine off 2 Press the information and reset buttons on the Driver Information Center DIC at the same time to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 44 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes until the DIC display shows OIL LIFE RESET 4 Press an
35. LA The belt is behind the body 1 17 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in your vehicle have a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 2 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you The belt is twisted across the body Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way you may engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 4 To make the lap part tight pull up on the Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure shoulder belt If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety Extender on page 1 21 belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the Make sure th
36. Part No U S 89021184 2 4 L4 Certified for Gasoline Engines in Canada 89021186 engine starburst symbol To determine the Windshield proper viscosity for your vehicle s Washer engine see Engine Oil on page 5 15 The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard can be identified with the American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Engine Oil Gasoline Engines starburst symbol 2 0L L4 engine However not all synthetic API oils with the starburst symbol will meet this GM standard Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M For the proper viscosity see Engine Oil on page 5 15 Optikleen Washer Solvent Manual Manual Transmission Fluid Transmission GM Part No U S 89021806 in Canada 89021807 Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Transmission Fluid Kev Lock Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube C eee GM Part No U S 12346241 y in Canada 10953474 SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant Rear Axle GM Part No U S 89021677 in Canada 89021678 meeting GM Specification 9986115 Usage Fluid Lubricant SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 89021677 in Canada 89021678 meeting GM Specification 9986115 With a complete drain and refill add 4 ounces 118 ml of Limited Slip Axle Lubricant Additive GM Part No U S 1052358 in Canada 992694 where required See Rear Axle on page 5 45 Chassis Lubric
37. Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeneee enken nerne 1 3 What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 41 seatback Latches ari Acscciewitsieieiceecdiiecieiaees 1 5 How Does an Airbag Restrain c eee 1 41 Safety Belts ccceceee enrere eerren rennene rrene 1 6 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 42 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 0 1 6 Passenger Sensing System scener 1 43 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 11 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 48 Lap Shoulder Belt cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 18 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 0 6 1 20 Vehicle Ed Er 1 48 Safety Belt Extender W W u u sssseeererererenernee 1 21 Restraint System Check a 1 50 Child Restraints ce 1 22 Checking the Restraint Systems 2 1 50 Older Children ccsacenptacacstmasciansnnale haasdacasss 1 22 Replacing Restraint System Parts Infants and Young Children 4 25 After a Gras M cictnc oe asini Pr aeeatesieaciee 1 51 Child Restraint Systems W u ssseeereereerree 1 29 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH sessirnir eani 1 31 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position secs 1 32 1 1 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could
38. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law D
39. The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while the reduced engine power light is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime the reduced engine power light stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer as soon as possible for service Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 for more information 3 35 Trunk Ajar Light This light will come on and a chime will sound if the trunk is ajar Service Vehicle Soon Light For vehicles with this light it will come on if a condition exists that may require the vehicle to be taken in for service If the light comes on see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Fuel Gage Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left lt p Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage At the service station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full Ittakes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The gage moves alittle when you turn a corner or speed up The gage doesn t go back to empty when you turn off the ignitio
40. This message displays if the starting of the engine is disabled Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately ESC Electronic Stability Control ACTIVE If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster flashes when ESC is assisting you with directional control of the vehicle You may feel or hear the system working and see this message displayed in the DIC Slippery road conditions may exist when this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly This message may stay on for a few seconds after ESC stops assisting you with directional control of the vehicle This is normal when the system is operating See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information ESC Electronic Stability Control NOT READY If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message may display briefly after starting the vehicle if the system s sensors are not yet calibrated The system is not functional until the message stops displaying Adjust your driving accordingly When the message is no longer displayed the system is functional See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 for more information 3 41 ESC Electronic Stability Control OFF If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC
41. Vehicle Identification eee 5 94 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 94 Service Parts Identification Label 0 5 94 Electrical System eee 5 95 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 002 5 95 Headlamp Wiring eseeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeees 5 95 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 95 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 95 Floor Console Fuse Block eeceeeeeeeeee ees 5 96 Underhood Fuse Block e eeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 97 Capacities and Specifications 5 101 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco E Parts GM e Goodwrench EM Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle
42. affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so 1 48 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger
43. and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 5 88 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on your vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that is should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on your vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on your vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 93 Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes c
44. bob sen ARE 4 2 Control of a Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eeee 4 3 Braking zeiss orr eaan e he este lt AE 4 3 Antilock Brake System ABS i e 4 4 Braking in Emergencies u u sssssserererrersekene 4 5 Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 6 Limited Slip Rear Axle o s 4 9 Electronic Stability Control ESC ee 4 9 SHE STING eee 4 12 Off Road Recovery esr sorts ans ris ER aseko 4 14 PASSING arsan e a EE EE unas 4 14 Loss 0f GOntrol aen een REE Renee 4 14 Driving at Night esesta osa ecieseesa tains 4 16 Driving Your Vehicle Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 16 Before Leaving on a Long Trip ee 4 17 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 18 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 18 Winter Driving aretes a vice ieek 4 19 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice OF SNOW aeei nin et dacs oat A EEEa 4 23 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 24 Loading Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 24 MOWING iriiria r snarere 4 29 Towing Your Vehicle anis oe 4 29 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 29 Towing a Trailer oeer onn aiina 4 29 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1
45. button it is located on the instrument panel to the right of the steering wheel Push the button to turn the fog lamps on An indicator light on the fog lamp button will come on when the fog lamps are on Push the button again to turn the fog lamps off The parking lamps will automatically turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off The fog lamps will turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness ek Instrument Panel Brightness The control for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the right of the steering wheel Turn the knob clockwise to brighten the lights or counterclockwise to dim them Entry Exit Lighting The lamps inside your vehicle will go on when you open any door These lamps will fade out after about 20 seconds after all of the doors have been closed or when the ignition is turned on These lamps will also go on when you press the trunk release unlock symbol button or the horn symbol on the Remote Keyless Entry System RKE Transmitter The lamps inside the vehicle will stay on for about 20 seconds after the key is removed from the ignition to provide an illuminated exit Mirror Reading Lamps Your vehicle has reading lamps on the rearview mirror Push the button to turn the reading lamps on and off Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle has a b
46. can lose control The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your the wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and finda truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you Y
47. discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warran
48. every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control your vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But th
49. for more information Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 51 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is Solid This indicates that there may be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light will flash for about a minute and then stay on solid for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence will repeat with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 59 for more information 3 31 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that
50. for more information Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on This light will also come on briefly when starting your vehicle If it does not have your vehicle serviced 3 30 Low Coolant Warning Light This light comes on briefly when you turn your ignition on If this light comes on and stays on the coolant level in your vehicle is low If the light is on you may have a serious overheating problem Notice Driving with the low coolant warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating under Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Your vehicle could be damaged and the damages might not be covered by your warranty See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information Your vehicle should be serviced as soon as possible Tire Pressure Light Your vehicle has a tire pressure light This light comes on briefly when the engine is started and provides information about tire pressures and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is Solid This indicates that one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC may accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40
51. in very hot dusty weather You might use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessa
52. indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 After hearing the single horn chirp for the driver side rear tire two additional horn chirps sound to indicate the tire learning process is done Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after entering the TPMS learn mode or if communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 5 63 10 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 11 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems TPMS Matching Process for Vehicles without Remote Keyless Entry RKE 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Using the Driver Information Center DIC press the INFO and Set Reset buttons at the same time for about one second Then press and release the INFO button until the TIRE LEARN message displays 4 Press and hold the Set Reset DIC button for approximately three seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn sounds twice to indicate the TPMS receiver is ready and the TIRE LEARN ON message displays The driver side front turn signal also comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned 5 Start with the driver side front tire 6 Remove the valve cap from the ti
53. level checked Add fluid if needed k Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your dealer retailer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield wa
54. month and year displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option 3 Press the or MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out Radio s eS EJECT dl lt I gt gt Radio with CD Base 7 AM 640 9 389 M eo 4 750 Y ST Y EY X8 Y AAT w vow PefPef efepetePal w o fg g EET lt lt gt gt Radio with CD MP3 shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar Radio Data System RDS Your radio may have a Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station 3 53 Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV Radios with the Speed Compensated Volume SCV feature will automatically adjust the radio volume to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle s speed changes while driving so that the volume level is consistent To activate SCV 1 Set the r
55. of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and ina crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 1 29 A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 30 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child re
56. offer the traction you would like or the same level of performance as winter tires on snow or ice covered roads Winter tires in general are designed for increased traction on snow and ice covered roads With winter tires there may be decreased dry road traction increased road noise and shorter tire tread life After switching to winter tires be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking See your dealer retailer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection Also see Buying New Tires on page 5 68 If you choose to use winter tires Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions Use only radial ply tires of the same size load range and speed rating as the original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W Y and ZR speed rated tires If you choose winter tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The example below shows a typical passenger p metric tire sidewall gC 1109 MS Z lt gsi0R16 975 6 DOT MAL9Ag NS ne Cog 5 Vo Wore mo gi 7 Oi y ot A NOltoyy oge wwa Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect
57. oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use For Vehicles With the 2 0L L4 Engine RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR ad THIS SYMBOL 4 80 AND GM STANDARD GM4718M 60 40 20 DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE COLD WEATHER OIL NOT RECOMMENDED Look for three things GM4718M Your vehicle s engine requires a special oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M such as Mobil 1 or equivalent Oils meeting this standard may be identified as synthetic However not all synthetic oils will meet this GM standard Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M Notice If you use oils that do not have the GM4718M Standard designation you can cause engine damage not covered by your warranty e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM4718M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil co
58. or CD RW Disc Radios with the MP3 feature are capable of playing an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 3 63 later in this section 3 61 CD Messages CHECK DISC If an error message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again There could have been a problem while burning the CD The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer while reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into 3 62 the front auxiliary input jack You can however connect an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source fo
59. pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle speed down Of course applying the brake turns off the cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control To end cruise control step lightly on the brake pedal or the clutch pedal if your vehicle has a manual transmission Stepping on the brake pedal or clutch pedal will only end the current cruise control session Press the cruise control on off button to turn the system completely off Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition the cruise control set speed memory is erased Headlamps The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp switch has the following four positions AD Headlamps This position turns on the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps 300 Parking Lamps This position turns on the parking lamps and taillamps only AUTO Automatic Headlamp System This po
60. person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have your safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a crash or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 1 51 4 NOTES 1 52 Section 2 Features and Controls KEYS a eeen aa 2 2 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation ied d ni nwentadaminccancsncemasnaiieesyapaenh cane 2 4 Doors and LOCKS 2222 gs eds nsis halal 2 7 Manual Door Locks 1 W W ssseeeeeerre reen erne kr ner 2 7 Power Door LOCKS 5253 sae ieieesaae Menadeceatiows 2 8 Delayed LOCKING ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 8 Automatic Door LOCK ornin
61. readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away 3 24 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you start the engine If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message may also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG oe OFF 2 AN gt PY PH United States Canada When you start the vehicle the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s f
62. s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Q Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system A If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 49 Restraint Syste
63. startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Lift the lever located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the lever Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Seat Height Adjuster Your vehicle may have a power driver s seat height adjuster The switch is located on the front of the driver s seat on the outboard side To use the adjuster first move the seat to where you want it See Manual Seats on page 1 2 To raise or lower the seat hold the switch up or down Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving To adjust the seatback turn the knob on the outboard side of the seatback until the seatback is in the desired position A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash
64. the air compressor 2 Unlock the air compressor hose from the sealant canister by pulling up on the lever 3 Pull the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister 5 82 A CAUTION 7 8 Move the sealant and compressor kit switch to Inflating something too much can make it explode and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa A CAUTION Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in the proper place the I on position 10 Disconnect the compressor inflator hose and Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation pressure using the air pressure gage on the top of the unit The pressure gage reads high while the 11 compressor is running Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 for more information Turn off the air compressor by moving the switch to the O off position wrap the hose in the bottom of the sealant and compressor kit Place the equipment in the original location in the trunk of your vehicle 5 83 Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister To remove the sealant canister 4 Turn the s
65. the current time displayed is automatically set To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour press the button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H are displayed press the pushbutton located under the desired option to select the default Press the button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out With Date Display Single CD MP3 Player This type of radio has a button for setting the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press the D knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the button and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right gt I SEEK arrow or DD FWD button To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or lt lt REV button or turn the dd knob located on the upper right side of the radio The date does not automatically display To see the date press the button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display 3 51 Six Disc CD MP
66. the delay and lock the doors immediately press the lock button on the RKE a second time If the key is in the ignition this feature will not lock the doors Automatic Door Lock If your vehicle has power door locks the doors will automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P for a vehicle with an automatic transmission For a vehicle with a manual transmission the speed must be greater than 5 mph 8 km h The automatic door locking feature cannot be disabled Automatic Door Unlock If your vehicle has an automatic transmission and power door locks the doors with automatically unlock when the shift lever is moved into PARK P If your vehicle has a manual transmission and power door locks the doors will automatically unlock when the key is removed from the ignition The automatic unlock feature can be disabled or programmed in different ways if the vehicle has an automatic transmission and a Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 44 for more information Trunk To release the trunk lid use either the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or see Remote Trunk Release following To close the trunk push down firmly from the rear center of the trunk lid A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If y
67. the next station with a strong signal in the selected band When a CD is playing press the arrows to go to the previous or to the next track Press and hold the arrows longer than three quarters of a second to continue reversing back or advancing ahead to other tracks within the disc Volume Press the plus or minus button to increase or to decrease the volume Mute Voice Activation Press this button to silence the system Press this button again to turn the sound on If your vehicle has OnStar press and hold this button for two seconds to activate voice on the OnStar system See the OnStar System on page 2 32 in this manual for more information Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet 3 69 AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your r
68. the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 26 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P 2 27 Shifting Out of PARK P This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever button fully released and Prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 41 for more information 2 28 To shift out of PARK P use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If
69. the system Insert the key in the ignition and turn it on This will also disarm the system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If you hear three chirps when you press the unlock lock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter it means that the content theft security system alarm was activated previously PASS Key IIl The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The
70. tire positions To re learn the tire positions see Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 59 See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information LOCK HORN If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp every time the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp on the first press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter The horn will still chirp on the second press ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter 3 46 See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC UNLOCK HORN If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter can be enabled or disabled When UNLOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pr
71. to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position With an automatic transmission the ignition should AN CAUTION turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK P The ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF With a manual transmission the ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right It should only lock when turned to the right Contact your 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room dealer retailer if service is required around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 25 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your dealer retailer for service Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle b
72. to scroll through the available settings ALL default All of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER The driver s door will automatically unlock NONE None of the doors will automatically unlock You will need to manually unlock the doors If you have a manual transmission vehicle the door s will automatically unlock when the key is turned off If you have an automatic transmission vehicle you can select when the automatic unlocking will occur See UNLK Unlock Automatic Transmission Only following See Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 8 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 47 UNLK Unlock Automatic Transmission Only This screen displays only if your vehicle has an automatic transmission and DRIVER or ALL is selected for the AUTO UNLK feature This feature determines when the automatic door unlocking will occur When UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings KEY OFF The door s will unlock when the key is turned off SHIFT TO P Park default The door s will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P See Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 8 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed o
73. vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada Your vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel that helps control the DRL Make sure it is not covered or the headlamps will come on when they are not needed The DRL system makes both low beam headlamps turn on at reduced intensity when the following conditions are met The ignition is on The exterior lamp control is turned to AUTO The light sensor detects daytime light The shift lever is not in PARK P While the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps and instrument panel lights will not be on The DRL system turns off on U S vehicles by using the on off switch for one ignition cycle if the vehicle is in the PARK P position or if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h after the vehicle is started For vehicles first sold in Canada the DRL system will turn off when a automatic transmission vehicle is in the PARK P position or the park brake is set on a manual transmission vehicle and the vehicle speed is less than 8 mph 13 km h As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when it is needed Fog Lamps 0 The ignition must be on to turn your fog lamps on If your vehicle has a fog lamp
74. you still are unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission Before leaving your manual transmission vehicle fully press the clutch pedal in move the shift lever in either FIRST 1 gear or REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 24 Parking Over Things That Burn A CAUTION CAUTION Continued You might have exhaust coming in if Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death CAUTION Continued The exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle
75. 1 Latches Seatback cccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeees 1 5 License Plate Lamps eceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Light Airbag Readiness cccceceeeeeeeneneeeenerees 3 24 Antilock Brake System Warning 06 3 28 Brake System Warning ceseeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 27 Charging System ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaes 3 27 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 30 Highbeam ON are een eeeeeaeeaeeneees 3 35 Low Coolant Warning ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 30 Low Fuel Warning sciis irens irinenn 3 37 Malfunction Indicator sieisen 3 32 Oil PRESSUPC 20 2ccos c02t saenccadsanieecaetanedaiesadeens 3 34 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 25 Light cont Reduced Engine Power e eseeesereeees 3 35 Safety Belt Reminders eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 23 SEC UV aar aa a EE EE EE EE 3 35 Service Vehicle Soon ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 36 Tire Pr ss ufe reisseri E 3 31 Tank Ajat aerer o SEERE REE e 3 36 Lighting Enty EXI soniri aaor i Eaa 3 15 Lig AtS 22523 fr rar aapea EENT aaaea 3 13 Flash to Pass ra anse E 3 8 High Low Beam Changer eee 3 8 Om REMINGSR san esrin ra cade DE 3 13 Limited Slip Rear Axle n 4 9 Loading Your Vehicle cceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeee neces 4 24 Locks Automatic Door LOCK ssceccccatocntvecneneseannmeeneaeesee 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock eeeeeeeeeeeee teens 2 8
76. 2008 Pontiac Solstice Owner Manual Q Seats and Restraint Systems 006 1 1 Front Seats cceducudscnut aecaceanaaetaeeseadivetatgeontoaes 1 2 Safety BeltS oo ceeccecceeeeeeeeee sense eenees 1 6 Child Restraints o oo ccc ee ccc ee ee eee eeeene 1 22 Airbag Systemi oo cece ccc ccc cc eee ee nec eeeeneenenes 1 36 Restraint System Check ccceceeceeee eee eees 1 50 Features and Controls scener 2 1 Keys erros e E N ENEA 2 2 Doors and LOCKS s snsnenennnirnnininiernrnrrerne 2 7 WINdOWS ooo eee era Einer EEG SAUER LEAR 2 10 Theft Deterrent Systems dc dcssererene 2 13 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 17 MINOIS sasceddet tac lectacece E EA 2 31 OnStar System usenet ve rer rr rr rer 2 32 Storage Areas oo eee eee ccc ece eee ee eee ee een eenene 2 35 Convertible TOP oo cece ecccc ee cce eee ee eee eeeene 2 36 Instrument Panel cc cccccee sees sees sees sees eenees 3 1 Instrument Panel Overview _ c0ee eens 3 4 Climate Controls oo cccc ec ccc ee ee eee eeene 3 17 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 20 Driver Information Center DIC 3 37 Audio System S ds edina Are elskede 3 49 Driving Your Vehicle ssssseeneeerreerreee 4 1 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 TOWING sieer EEA 4 29 Service and Appearance Care 00 5 1 Services erresu aE en he keded
77. 3 Player This type of radio has a MENU button instead of the button to set the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions i 3 52 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press the D knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on Press the MENU button Once the clock option is displayed Press the pushbutton located under that label The HR MIN MM DD YYYY displays Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right gt I SEEK arrow or gt gt FWD button To decrease the time or date press the left K SEEK arrow or lt lt REV button or turn the Jd knob located on the upper right side of the radio The date does not automatically display To see the date press the MENU button and then the button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year follow these instructions 1 Press the button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day
78. 3743 Text telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For vehicles purchased in Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside Assistance program Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage Services Provided The following services are provided in the U S and Canada up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever occurs first and in Canada only up to a maximum coverage of 100 Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in Canada In Canada service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service Lock out Service Lock out service is covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription To ensure security the driver must present personal identification before lock out service is provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling crash Wi
79. 6 Finish Gale eeren reiini t E eset 5 89 Finish Damage 22242255 aceaetecqucaetend tones iere 5 92 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUITACES icross 5 87 Interior Cleaning 6 cc eeeeeee eee eee eee eeee eee eee eee ees 5 85 Leather siecsntancncedccdcteas sees Se BEDE aeni 5 87 Sheet Metal Damage e eeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 92 TIOS sndiscukeleoksirtarshieerstenetasanas senmadeanpenamneuess 5 91 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeee ees 5 92 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 93 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 88 Weathersitps osiin fr sas i blad nautors Dios tenis 5 88 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0 5 90 Appointments Scheduling Service 7 9 ASIUAY oeenn enre 3 16 Audio System feces pnccicece ees iasota taista 3 49 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0 0 3 69 Fixed Mast Antenna assassiner 3 70 Radio Recept sirsiran eanta 3 69 Setting the Time a se eerren 3 50 Theft Deterrent Feature a oa 3 68 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 70 Audio System S cceceeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeaeeneeaes 3 53 Automatic Door LOCK cceeeeeeeeneeeeeee eee eneees 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock ang ri pnis 2 8 Automatic Transmission IW E A T E 5 23 Operation 552 arne E ERE 2 22 Battery iranienne vei LE N ieee 5 40 Run Down Protection sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 15 Brake Emergencies esso i
80. ACTION message see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 37 Notice If you allow the wheel s of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC TCS ABS and Brake warning lights and the SERVICE ESC and or SERVICE TRACTION messages are displayed you could damage the differential The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel s excessively while these lights and this message are displayed Notice When traction control is turned off or Competitive Driving Mode is active it is possible to lose traction If you attempt to shift with the rear wheels spinning with a loss of traction it is possible to cause damage to the transmission Do not attempt to shift when the rear wheels do not have traction Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered See your warranty book for additional information The traction control system may activate on dry or rough roads or under conditions such as heavy acceleration while turning or abrupt upshifts downshifts of the transmission When this happens you may notice a reduction in acceleration or may hear a noise or vibration This is normal If your vehicle is in cruise control when the system activates the ESC TCS light will flash and the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to use cruise control again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Adding non dealer non r
81. An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j 0 0 Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 See footnote h Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 and At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels Add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect engine cooling system See footnote c Inspect wiper blades See footnote d Inspect restraint system components See footnote e Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b 0 0 0 ee Lubricate body components See footnote f 0 0 0 I Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services TEE 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80000 120 000 160000 200 000 240 000 Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 Change automatic transmission fluid severe service See footnote k Change automatic transmis
82. Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you can call the
83. BS you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have ESC with ABS your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down might be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to your steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have ABS use a squeeze braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This will help you retain steering control If you do have ABS it is different See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Brake Assist If your vehicle has ESC with ABS it also has a brake assist feature that responds to emergency braking by generating additional pressure and engaging the ABS When this happens the brake pedal will feel easier to push Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let the system work for you You might feel the brakes vibrate or notice some noise but this is normal The brakes will return to norma
84. Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 7 16 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Pr
85. Goes Flat Your vehicle has a tire sealant and compressor kit See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 76 There is no spare tire no tire changing equipment and no place to store a tire It is unusual for a tire to blow out while you are driving especially if you maintain your tires properly See Tires on page 5 51 If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blow out here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blow out particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blow out remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place and stopping Then do this 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 2 Park your vehicle If your vehicle has an automatic transmission set the parking brake firmly and put t
86. Modes INFO Information Press this button to scroll through the following vehicle information modes Odometer Press the information button until the odometer displays This mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km To change the DIC display to English or metric units see UNITS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 44 TRIP A or TRIP B Press the information button until TRIP A or TRIP B display These modes show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time To reset the trip odometer to zero press and hold the reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed 3 38 FUEL RANGE Press the information button until FUEL RANGE displays This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling in either miles mi or kilometers km It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the tank When the fuel level is low FUEL RANGE LOW displays The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As your driving conditions change this data is gradually updated The FUEL RANGE mode cannot be reset MPG L 100 KM AVG Average Press the information button until MPG L 100 KM AVG displays This mode shows how many miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100
87. Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include Allow extra following distance Pass with caution Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 51 Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include e Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure e Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Keep your vehicle serviced and in good shap
88. Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be between the COLD and HOT marks If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the COLD mark What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 5 35 Windshield Washer Fluid Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the What to Use manufacturer s instructions for adding water When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid the manufacturer s ins
89. Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R or CD RW partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R or CD RW should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD R or CD RW in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD R starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays amp EJECT Press this button to eject CD R s or CD RW s To eject the CD R or CD RW that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R or CD RW can be removed If the CD R or CD RW is not removed after several seconds the CD R or CD RW automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold this button fo
90. Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles 5 85 Your dealer retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer retailer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques Never use a knife or any othe
91. VWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the rear area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Recreational Vehicle Towing Notice Dolly towing or dinghy towing your vehicle may cause damage because of reduced ground clearance Always put your vehicle on a flatbed truck
92. Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB
93. Your vehicle was neither designed nor intended to be towed with any of its wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed see Towing Your Vehicle earlier in this section Towing a Trailer Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer 4 NOTES 4 30 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE sianie paea riai 5 3 Hydraulic GIUtGh c 2ccaseecicemndoer semana castienc 5 23 Accessories and Modifications eee 5 3 Engine Coolant siecisccntevces cocwctecesdioetimeidienendsed 5 24 California Proposition 65 Warning 006 5 4 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 6 08 5 27 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Engine Overheating 0 cceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 27 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 0seeeeeeee ee 5 4 Cooling SyStem cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeneeeeenes 5 29 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Power Steering Fluid ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 35 Your Vehicle sokeroitunut 5 5 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 36 EUG EEE E OE nd nua sae 5 5 Brakes Gu scenerne 5 37 Gasoline OCtANG eee 5 5 Battery MM esserne 5 40 Gasoline Specifications se 5 5 JUMP Stating sa arrene are andelene seed 5 41 California Fuel 42222 eee eeaeeaeeaeees 5 6 Rear AXl onina eanan Ee AEETI 5 45 Additives peat FEEFEEELELEEEE ELLE ELLE LEE ELF LERET EEEFEEEEEEEEEE 5 6 Headlamp Aiming cer 5 46 Fuels in Foreign Countries
94. adio FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or through tunnels could cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference 3 70 Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to its base If tightening is required tighten by hand then with a wrench one quarter turn XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Your vehicle may have the XM Satellite Radio antenna that is located on the trunk of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Drunk DIVINO essene kede ye
95. adio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM automatic volume label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds 3 54 Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 and FM2 AM or XM if equipped The selection displays d Tune Turn to select radio stations K SEEK D Press the arrows to go to the previous or to the next station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for a few seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes toa station plays for a few seconds then goes on to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information Radio with CD Base Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time While the ignition is off press this button to display the time i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information
96. ady buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel will come on and stay on for several seconds and then flash for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 27 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on 3 23 Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 36 This light will come on when you start your e vehicle and it will flash r for a few seconds FN The light should go out and the system is ready If the airbag
97. ains present When this message displays the system is not working Adjust your driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information Have the TCS serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SVC Service BRAKE SYSTEM This message may display if you have a turbocharged vehicle with Electronic Stability Control ESC and if the hydraulic brake boost is not working or is working improperly Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 43 SVC Service TIRE MONITOR This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 31 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 61 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer TIRE LEARN ON On vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 Tire Pre
98. ake Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC and the 2 0L turbocharged engine it also has a hydraulic brake boost feature which supplements the power brake system to maintain consistent brake performance under conditions of low brake booster vacuum Low brake booster vacuum conditions can include initial start up after the vehicle has been parked for several hours very frequent brake stops or high altitude driving When hydraulic brake boost is active you might feel minor brake pulsation or movement but this is normal If brake pedal feel changes or the brake pedal feels hard to push you might not be receiving the intended brake boost and the SVC BRAKE SYSTEM DIC message may be displayed Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 4 4 Antilock Brake System ABS If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC it also the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start the engine or when you begin to drive away ABS will check itself You might hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you might even notice that the brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal If your vehicle has ABS this wa
99. al days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 34 Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light will come on briefly when you start your engine If it does not have your vehicle serviced When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem Security Light fi Reduced Engine Power Light 2 4L Engine Only a If this light is on a chime will sound and a noticeable reduction in the vehicle s performance may occur Let the vehicle idle for a few minutes if the reduced engine power light is still on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 13 This light will come on briefly when the engine is started
100. an nii eiea 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock ccir saienisi 2 8 PUP acetate tare acenenatices cate E SEER CERES ENE SE 2 9 WINGOWS 202 ceech clea i et aben 2 10 Manual Windows aa onlie easy dend 2 11 Power WINdOWS 2 cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 12 Sun VISOS aan a e 2 13 Theft Deterrent Systems ccceeeeeeee ees 2 13 Content Theft Deterrent cceeeeeeeeeeee renee 2 13 PASS Key WE scsiescaisadeszstadeieessasessaesacaieieeccs 2 15 PASS Key Ill Operation 1 2 15 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 17 New Vehicle Break In cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 17 IGNITION POSITIONS j ccsccesc urne svaler dab oi gule 2 17 Retained Accessory Power RAP 06 2 20 Starting the Engine Key Access 6 2 20 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 22 Manual Transmission Operation 00 2 24 Parking Brake arm tcctsateaoacseesiiaunnneneriatencass 2 25 Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission W u dssseeeeerereeee 2 26 Shifting Out of PARK P succederede 2 28 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission 2 28 Parking Over Things That Burn 00ee 2 29 Engine Exnaust ass era eaa SEN 2 29 Running the Engine While Parked 2 30 MIOS 0222022 ee eee ees 2 31 Manual Rearview Mirror ccecce 2 31 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 31 Outside Manual Mirror eceeeeee
101. and Wiper Blades on page 5 90 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 50 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the body doors hood secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment glove box door and console door More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary h If you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid
102. ant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Rear Axle Limited Slip Differential Chassis Lubrication Usage Fluid Lubricant Hood Latch Assembly Secondary Latch Pivots Spring Anchor and Release Pawl Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Hood and Door GM Part No U S 12346241 g in Canada 10953474 Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Weatherstrip Conditioning Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ACDelco Part A307060 A30840 Engine Oil Filter PF457G 41 108 41 108 Windshield Wiper Blade Hook Type Drivers Side 16 inches 0cm J www Cd Passengers Side 22inches 50m m Engine Drive Belt Routing 2 0L and 2 4L L4 Engines Belt routing for A C option shown Dotted line represe routing for non A C opti lon nts Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in
103. anual See Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Always reset the engine oil life system after an oil change See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System under Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 COOLANT Press the information button until COOLANT displays This mode shows the temperature of the engine coolant in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C Tire Pressure The pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure is shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the information button until LF PSI kPa RF displays for the front tires Press the information button again until LR PSI kPa RR displays for the rear tires If a low tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the tire pressure appears in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information BOOST Turbo Only If your vehicle has this feature press the information button until BOOST displays This mode shows a graphic that indicates the amount of boost the engine is receiving in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa 3 39 DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems A message clears when the vehicle s condition is no longer present To ac
104. anufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 70 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 5 57 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 5 58 A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the cor
105. ar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services Such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics
106. are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash 1 11 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A 2 LARR N d ANNY T f gt The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs A The lap belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way 1 13 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you A The belt is buckled in the wrong place Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be
107. at is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you br
108. ata that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 32 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information 4 NOTES 7 20 A Accessories and Modifications cceeeee eee Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Veise 2c siciahtoseancceecassmsaccbeuwwttedeatateasteawacat its Additives FUG s ccxsccdatorsiagcnetvecies ania A
109. ation Center DIC messages indicates when the ESC system and the TCS are working or are disabled If this light is on and not flashing the TCS and potentially the ESC system have been disabled Check your DIC messaging to determine which feature s is no longer functioning and whether it is because of the driver turning off the feature s or the system may not be working properly and your vehicle requires service If the TCS is disabled wheel spin will not be limited If the ESC system is disabled the system will not aid in maintaining vehicle directional control In either case adjust your driving accordingly If the light is on and flashing the TCS or the ESC system is actively working Check the DIC messaging for details to determine which system is working If the LOW TRACTION message appears the system is limiting wheel spin If the ESC ACTIVE message appears the system is aiding in maintaining vehicle directional control See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 and Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information on the messages associated with this light 3 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has overheated Semi rs If this happens you should pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 27
110. ation original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance Alternative Service Canada only There may be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures may be covered However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Calling For Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative Your name home address and home telephone number Telephone number of your location Location of the vehicle Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle Description of the problem Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance coverage are towin
111. attery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive terminal cover to its original position Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be ona level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 5 45 Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if your vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the low beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers flash their high beam headlamps at you for vertical aim If the headlamps need to be re aimed it is recommended that you take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service Bulb Replacement
112. attery saver feature designed to protect the vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the ignition is turned off the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after 20 minutes This prevents draining of the battery 3 15 Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlet can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or CB radio The accessory power outlet is located on the instrument panel below the radio To use the outlet remove the cover When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery Power is always supplied to the outlets Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment 3 16 W
113. battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 48 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses in the fuse block An electrical overload will cause the lamps to turn off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of J Case fuses mini fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can 5 95 Floor Console Fuse Block Fuses Usage ss Th
114. bels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar B pillar of your vehicle With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door latch This label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 51 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle See Certification Label later in this section
115. by pressing the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down If the vehicle has an automatic transmission see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the shift lock release button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P Torque Lock Automatic Transmission If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull
116. ces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts 5 89 Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap anda buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by Extreme dusty conditions Sand and salt Heat and sun Snow and ice without proper removal 5 90 Convertible Top The vehicle s convertible top should be cleaned often However high pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle When you hand wash the top do it in partial shade Use a mil
117. cking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you might notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you could damage the engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be
118. ckwise to latch the convertible top Close the trunk D by pressing down from the rear center of it with a swift firm motion 9 At the rear edge of the convertible top press down on the two buttresses C to latch them into the top of the trunk A clear Mylar protective film has been installed at the factory on the trunk lid surface under the convertible top buttresses This film is designed to help prevent paint damage to the trunk lid Do not remove this protective film It is intended to remain permanently affixed to the trunk lid surface Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3 4 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 6 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 FROM esate rand mend chee cents nag rene dr Leer 3 6 Tilt Wheel de hore Boston neret 3 6 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 2 3 7 Turn and Lane Change Signals e0e 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 4 3 8 FlaSh 10 PaSS 2 c13 2astcanitainensteatsanodnadtaenetacenenn 3 8 Windshield Wipers cceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 3 9 Windshield Washer eceeeeeeeeneeeeeee eens 3 10 Cruise Control sc so ale isinan 3 10 Headlamps saa SEES nen ske ster ai 3 13 Headlamps on Reminder eeeeeeeeeee ees 3 13 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 14 Fog Lamps seriel andre sier E 3 14 Instrument Panel Brightness 3 15 Entry Ex
119. covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancin
120. cure If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint lf after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit do not install a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer retailer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way 1 35 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to he
121. d If none of this works then your vehicle needs service O LOCK OFF This position locks your steering column It is a theft deterrent feature You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF If you have an automatic transmission the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK OFF unless the shift lever is in PARK P If you have a manual transmission the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK OFF in any shift lever position A CAUTION If you have a manual transmission removing the key from the ignition switch will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key to ACC ACCESSORY ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of your electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition ON RUN This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in ON RUN when the engine is running But even when the ignition is not running you can use ON RUN to operate your electrical accessories and to display some warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This posit
122. d SERVICE ESC messages and the ESC TCS light comes on to warn the driver that ESC is disabled and requires service If the problem does not clear after restarting the vehicle see your dealer retailer for service See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Competitive Driving Mode The driver can select this optional handling mode by pressing the ESC TCS button on the console two times within a five second time period COMPETITIVE MODE displays in the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information Competitive Driving Mode allows the driver to have full control of the rear wheels while the ESC system helps maintain directional control of the vehicle by selective brake application The ESC TCS light will be on and the traction control system will not be operating Adjust your driving accordingly This electronic stability control mode is recommended only for use during closed track events and competitive driving venues When the ESC TCS button is pressed again or the vehicle is restarted the ESC and TCS turn back on Notice When traction control is turned off or Competitive Driving Mode is active it is possible to lose traction If you attempt to shift with the rear wheels spinning with a loss of traction it is possible to cause damage
123. d cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5 51 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You have a lot less traction or grip and need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it can offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about 4 20 freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Traction control improves your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road Even if your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you might want to turn the TCS off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds or if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand
124. d hold the reset button until the DIC display shows ACKNOWLEDGED This will tell you the system has been reset 5 Turn the key to LOCK OFF If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the reset procedure 5 20 What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer retailer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter 2 0L L4 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter element at each scheduled Maintenance II service interval and r
125. d soap lukewarm water and a soft sponge A chamois or cloth may leave lint on the top and a brush can chafe the threads in the top fabric Do not use detergents harsh cleaners solvents or bleaching agents Wet the entire vehicle and wash the top evenly to avoid spots or rings Let the soap remain on the fabric for a few minutes When the top is really dirty use a mild foam type cleaner Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle then let the top dry in direct sunlight To protect the convertible top After you wash the vehicle make sure the top is completely dry before you lower it Do not get any cleaner on the vehicle s painted finish it could leave streaks e If you decide to go through an automatic car wash ask the manager if the equipment could damage your top Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if you do not wash your vehicle after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash your vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasi
126. d to the proper Z CAUTION loose and even come off This could lead to a crash Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts torque specification Never use oil or grease on studs or the threads of the wheel nuts If you do the wheel nuts might come loose and the wheel could fall off causing a crash 5 73 Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel 5 74 Tire Chains A CAUTION Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured ina crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly re adjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires lf a Tire
127. dd On Electrical Equipment eeeeeeeee ees Air Cleaner Filter Engine ceeeeeeeeeeeneeees Air Conditioning 52532 sart sande n lene enker ra Airbag Passenger Status Indicator 0 Readiness Light 0 cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees Airbag System siecc cceecsecaneeedavedueeesdeasesdeetasaeenes What Will You See After an Airbag INMATES erince innia ananena When Should an Airbag Inflate 0 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Airbag Systems Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped NGHIGIC sisereeridcutedsa aae nadn aaa How Does an Airbag Restrain eee Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeees Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle What Makes an Airbag Inflate 6 Antenna Fixed Mast cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeenees Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna SYSTEMI asne urean e dennce cn E Eaa Antilock Brake System ABS aaeeea Antilock Brake System Warning Light 1 42 1 40 1 38 1 48 1 41 1 43 1 48 1 41 3 70 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 91 Care of Safety Belts u ssseeeeeeeeerereneee 5 88 Chemical Paint Spotting eceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 92 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 05 5 89 Convertible Top tis e cscccesdetaastacsssasadieciestsevaes 5 90 Fabric Carpet 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 8
128. der belt but the shoulder part is behind the child In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child might slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The child could also move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 24 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle In addition young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone they need to use a child restraint 1 25 A CAUTION Peop
129. dingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information The Traction Control System is automatically enabled whenever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system enabled You can turn TCS off if you ever need to It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if your vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 23 ee The DIC will display the appropriate message as described previously when you press the button To turn the system off or on press and release the ESC TCS button located on the instrument panel Traction Control Operation Traction control limits wheel spin by reducing engine power to the wheels engine speed management and by applying brakes to each individual wheel brake traction control as necessary The traction control system is enabled automatically when you start your vehicle and it will activate and flash the ESC TCS light and display the LOW TRACTION message if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction while driving For more information on the LOW TR
130. dio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Pressure Monitor Operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster At the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning m
131. e Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter You might want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a re
132. e a c 1 6 Safety Warnings and Symbols ceeeeeeeeee ees iii Scheduled Maintenance cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 Seatback Latches cceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 5 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster eseeeeee ee 1 2 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 seatback Latches vies role ber 1 5 Securing a Child Restraint Right Front Seat Position eeeeeeeee eee 1 32 Security Light sacs ascecacuseeiacnie eee 3 35 DONVICE cen seuscucrensbudecenstatee theseaaectveewtatentoeuadtees 5 3 Accessories and Modifications e 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside Of Your Vehicle seserian a 5 5 10 Service cont California Pershlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 068 5 4 Doing Your Own Work isss dart kb hh beer AE 5 4 Engine Soon Light ceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 3 32 Publications Ordering Information 7 16 Vehicle Soon Light ecceeeeeeneeeeeeeee tenes 3 36 Service Scheduling Appointments 6 eeee 7 9 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 48 Sheet Metal Damage ccceeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 5 92 Shifting Into Park P ros us itesediseieaeies 2 26 Shifting Out of Park P ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 28 Signals Turn and Lane Change 0 0eeeee 3 8 Specifications Capacities
133. e 5 3 Fuel o parn En Ea re ENE ENEAS 5 5 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Rear Axle ersin epr aaa ea 5 45 Headlamp Aiming 21 VW sssssssssveeeeseeseknsnknnee 5 46 Bulb Replacement ou ee cece cee cee eee ee ee ee nee 5 46 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 50 US SSR PE E E E ESSENS REE 5 51 Appearance Care oo ee eececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenes 5 85 Vehicle Identification oo cece eeeeeee seen es 5 94 Electrical System oo eee ee cece eee eeceeeeeee een eee ees 5 95 Capacities and Specifications kee 5 101 Maintenance Schedule cscssceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 1 Maintenance Schedule cccecece eee ee ee 6 2 Customer Assistance Information 7 1 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Reporting Safety Defects 1 7 15 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 17 WAX EE E AA EEEE nach cheek T E EAA 1 Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Y PONTIAC Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem and the name SOLSTICE are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time Propri taires Canadiens it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without fu
134. e engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 22 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free your vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 24 If your vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to your vehicle s traction system in the Index If the stuck condition is too severe for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causin
135. e floor console fuse block is located on the passenger side of the vehicle under the carpet Remove the fuse block cover to access the fuses Use the fuse puller to remove fuses After re installing the fuse block cover be sure to tuck the carpet under the heater floor outlets O e fo y O e leniion Switch Pase fo PassKey Ill EN MS El an 29 Co anane CDC 5 96 Climate Control System 16 Automatic Occupant Sensing Module Crank Relay Instrument Panel Cluster Sensing and Diagnostic Module Transmission Control Module Fuses Usage O Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle Lift the cover for access to the fuse block Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on your vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component To remove fuses use the fuse puller or hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 97 471461451 44 42747 32 5 o 15 23 21 31121771101 9 e 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 43 BE 24 O po re e J7 Empty LE5 Cooling Fan LNF 3 pe 5 98 Cooling Fan 2 LE5 Empty LNF Empty 10 Trunk 11 Trunk 12 Empty 13 Fuel Pump Cooling Fan 2 Relay LES Empty LNF Fuses fe Back up Lamps Relay 28 Automatic T
136. e fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Locate the interior hood release lever It is located below the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle 2 Pull down on the rear edge of the lever to release the hood latch 3 Go to the side of the vehicle and pull up on the rear edge of the hood near the windshield to open the hood Notice Closing the hood with the doors open may damage the hood and or doors Always close the doors before closing the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 2 4L L4 engine this is what you will see E F eo Poe E PAL SAY w y TITTI N WY TA IT ELI 7 D KS MI S oq aN ty TTT TIKAS 2 123 5 12 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 36 Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 29 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 37 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 23 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 En
137. e greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 22 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 25 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know jji V Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body
138. e is left engaged See Parking Brake on page 2 25 for more information SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately SERVICE ESC ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and a chime sounds if there has been a problem detected with ESC The ESC TCS light also appears on the instrument panel cluster This light stays on solid as long as the detected problem remains present When this message displays the system is not working Adjust your driving accordingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information If this message turns on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off and then back on If this message still stays on or turns back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the ESC inspected by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SERVICE TRACTION If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this message displays and a chime sounds when the system is not functioning properly The ESC TCS light also appears on the instrument panel cluster This light stays on solid as long as the detected problem rem
139. e outside turn the key safety belts properly and lock the doors toward the rear of the vehicle To unlock the door whenever you drive turn the key toward the front of the vehicle Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening Power Door Locks You can use the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to lock and unlock the doors from inside or outside the vehicle See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information In vehicles with power door lock switches the switches are located on the doors G1 Press the top of the switch to lock all doors Press the bottom of the switch to unlock all doors Delayed Locking If your vehicle has power door locks it will have the delayed locking feature This feature delays the actual locking of the doors when the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is used to lock the vehicle If any door is open when locking the vehicle using the RKE transmitter three chimes will sound signaling that the delayed locking feature is active Five seconds after the last door is closed both doors will lock and the parking lamps will flash To cancel
140. e release button on the buckle is lap belt on smaller occupants positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way When the safety belt is not in use slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop Before you close a door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle 1 20 Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 51 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout t
141. e serviced check with your dealer retailer 3 68 XM Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Check XM Receivr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it does not operate and LOC LOCK or LOCKED could display With THEFTLOCK activated the radio does not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls Radio controls are located on the inboard side of the steering wheel If your ED vehicle has this feature some audio controls A can be adjusted at this location They include Ez the following AV Previous Next Press the arrows to go to the previous or to the next stored radio station and stay there Press and hold the arrows longer than three quarters of a second to advance to the previous or to
142. ealant canister so the inflator filling hose is aligned with the slot in the compressor 1 Unlock the air compressor inflator hose from the 5 Lift the sealant canister from the compressor and seaant canister by pulling tie leverup replace with a new sealant canister See your 2 Disconnect the air compressor inflator hose from dealer retailer for more information the sealant canister 3 Unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor 5 84 To install a new sealant canister 1 Align the sealant filling hose with the slot in the air compressor 2 Push the sealant canister down and turn it clockwise 3 Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the sealant canister inlet and push the lever down Appearance Care Interior Cleaning Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning
143. ectively 3 20 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As the details show on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So get to know your vehicle s warning lights and gages They can be a big help Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel is left in the tank and many other th
144. eeeee tere es 2 31 Outside Power Mirrors eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 31 OnStar System ccc eeren errenneren 2 32 Storage Areas 0 00 00 cece eect ee eee rererere 2 35 Glove BOX arrede stains 2 35 Cupholder S cceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeaeeaeeeeenes 2 35 Center Console Storage ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 36 Convertible Top 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeee es 2 36 2 1 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition and all locks Your vehicle has a vehicle theft deterrent system The key has a transponder in the key head that is electronically coded to match a decoder in your vehicle that allows the key to start the vehicle If a replacement key or any additional key is needed you must purchase it from your dealer retailer See PASS Key III Operation on page 2 15 for additional information The key has a bar coded key tag that a dealer retailer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys Store this information in a safe place not in your
145. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror ccccceeeeeeeeeees Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar Outside Manual Mirror cccccceeeeeeeeeeeee Outside Power Mirrors ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeaee MP3 MyGMLink com Navigation System Privacy cseeeeeneeeeeeeees New Vehicle Break In c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts OGOMCICR e525 teaasis acca tease E E ian cecees Off Road Recovery cceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeaees Oil ENGINE seen enara EE E i Pressure Light icccsv cccetineanersst ease he nes Oil Engine Oil Life System Older Children Restraints ccccccceeeeeeeees 1 22 Online Owner Center ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 OnStar Privacy sscssciswsesscsscceestevvecdesstveeeneanaeess 7 19 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 32 Other Warning Devices ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 6 Outlet Adjustment saae kreere naeia 3 20 Outlets CCessory POWGr aa aser e 3 16 Outside Manual Miron En Er NE aaa 2 31 Power Mirrors 5 eis bits uadineateadieinenceiecrs 2 31 Owner Checks and Services 0c0eceeeeeeee es 6 8 Owners Canadian ccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeanenes ii Paint Damage su Ed add 5 92 Park Brake ra ea reed EE E EA kd 2 25 Park P Shifting UNTO eeaeee ne anede ennen 2 26 SING OUTOS eaei si E e E E Sex 2 28 Parking Over Things That Burn
146. egin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Usage ____Fluid Lubricant i 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Lubricants Engine Coolant water and use only DEX COOL Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part po ge Engine Coolant on number or specification can be obtained from your page DE ler retailer Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or emails equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Usage FuiaLubricam Hydraulic Deloo Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or 7 i ee eee Clutch System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays Power Steering GM Power Steering Fluid Engine Oil the American Petroleum Institute System GM
147. eisiacieeus 3 36 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 eeeeee 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever e eeeeeeeeeeee 3 7 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eceeeeeeeee ee 5 70 Using this Manual resessie onarena iii Vehicle GONMMO ceea teatime sae cacpessa ncaa 4 3 Damage Warnings saas us senbarok ser sanan iv Loading re are ENE EE mewnerees 4 24 Parking YOUR arie osse i 2 28 Service Soon Light cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 36 SVIMDOIS Sex secane tennant cases aeac NEED Elen iv Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 17 Vehicle Identification Number MINY scissor scents a 5 94 Service Parts Identification Label 5 94 Vehicle Personalization BIG EE E A E e 3 44 Ventilation Adjustment W u usssssseseesesrere rn rnerses 3 20 Ni SOFS repso ea A rA EA 2 13 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 20 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 40 Hazard Warning Flashers scce 3 6 Other Warning Devices eeeeeeeeeeee teen ees 3 6 Safety and Symbols cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeneenes iii Vehicle Damage arr rer seerne drer iv 12 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance cee 5 71 Different SIZE seroren tirrenia seeren 5 69 Replacement iiics sunia enni minie arenas 5 72 Windows snes onnsa nenea candies release ker 2 10 Manual ars scabies ne nede keder 2 11 POE ioaea E A S SSE 2 12 Windshield Washer siin
148. enger s side 1 39 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down 1 40 Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehic
149. eplace the air cleaner filter element at the first oil change after 50 000 miles 80 000 km If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the filter open the clamps that hold the cover on and lift off the cover Be sure to reinstall the cover tightly 5 22 A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your vehicle to a dealer retailer and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed
150. eplace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle 5 72 A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire clearance to the body and chassis A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead later if you need to to get all the rust or to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid dirt off expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence an
151. equired by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will Know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts r
152. er Service and Appearance Care High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle The following procedures explain the proper operation of the manual convertible top The parts of the manual convertible top that are used when lowering and raising it are Your vehicle has a cupholder on the passenger side of the center console To access it press and release the forward section of the cupholder Center Console Storage There is also an upright center console storage area between the seatbacks To open the storage area press and release the button near the top so it extends out As Front Fage Then turn the button in either direction to unlatch the lid and pull the console lid down Press the release button back in after you close the lid C Rear Buttresses B Side Edge D Trunk 2 36 Notice Leaving the convertible top down and exposing the interior of your vehicle to outdoor conditions may cause damage Always close the convertible top if leaving your vehicle outdoors Notice Lowering the convertible top when there are objects in the storage area could damage it or break the glass rear window Always verify that no objects are in the storage area before lowering the convertible top Notice Lowering the top if it is damp wet or dirty can cause stains mildew and damage to the inside of your vehicle Dry off the top before lowering it Notice If you lower the top on your vehicle in cold
153. er Information Center DIC on page 3 37 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 A ee This light flashes on the instrument panel cluster while the ESC system is on and activated ESC activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between your intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling ESC selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to help steer the vehicle in the direction which you are steering When the system activates an ESC ACTIVE message displays on the Driver Information Center See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 This light flashes on the instrument panel cluster when the ESC system is on and activated You may also hear a noise or feel vibration in the brake pedal This is normal Continue to steer the vehicle in the direction you want it to go When the light is comes on and the message s SERVICE ESC ESC OFF or both displays the system will not assist the driver in maintaining directional control of the vehicle Adjust your driving accordingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 See Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is automatically enabled whenever the vehicle is started To assist the driver with vehicle directional control especially
154. er button until the desired artist displays To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen The album name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album and begins to play Once all songs from that album are played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R or CD RW and begins playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays while a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 XM Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is re
155. er on page 3 21 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 69 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See nstrument Panel Brightness on page 3 15 Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Fog Lamp Button If Equipped See Fog Lamps on page 3 14 Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Button If Equipped See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 or Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 L M N D lt cawu Driver Information Center DIC Controls See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 37 Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Windshield Wiper Washer Controls See Windshield Wipers on page 3 9 and Windshield Washer on page 3 10 Climate Controls See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Cigarette Lighter If Equipped Accessory Power Outlet If Equipped See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 3 16 and Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 Shift Lever See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 24 See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 22 If equipped with automatic transmission Parking Brake Lever See Parking Brake on page 2 25 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 49 Cupholder See Cupholder s on page 2 35 Trunk Release See Trunk on page 2 9 Glove Box See Glove Bo
156. ergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD 3 59 Care of Your CD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays 3 60 The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold this button for two seconds to eject all discs
157. es 2 31 Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 1 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeeees 4 29 Reduced Engine Power Light eeeeee 3 35 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operations rar reale ainen a TIETEEN 2 4 Replacement Bulbs 2122 rer hare 5 49 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government W u ssseeeeerereereneee 7 16 General Motors ccceceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 16 United States Government sseseeeeeree 7 15 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 008 1 50 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash ccccceceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeenees 1 51 Retained Accessory Power RAP ecce 2 20 Roadside Assistance Program ceceeeeeeeeeeeteeeneeeeeees 7 7 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 24 Routing Engine Drive Belt eee 6 15 Running the Engine While Parked 5 2 30 Safety Belt Reminder LGM i ise piesendcetansmaaabinersaciebes 3 23 Safety Belts Gare aen renerne digtwcsscastataneneans 5 88 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 11 Lap Shoulder Belt arealerne 1 18 Safety Belt Extender cceeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 1 21 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 20 Safety Belts Are for Everyon
158. essage come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 and Tires on page 5 51 Notice Using non approved tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty Always use the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer r
159. essed ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC LIGHT FLASH If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior hazard turn signal lighting to flash every time the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed can be enabled or disabled When LIGHT FLASH appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will not flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed ON default The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC AUTO UNLK Unlock This feature which allows the vehicle to automatically unlock certain doors can be enabled or disabled When AUTO UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second
160. estraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 for additional information If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 37 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 31 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child re
161. etailer Your vehicle when new included a factory installed Tire Inflator Kit This kit uses a GM approved liquid tire sealant Using non approved tire sealants could damage the TPMS sensors See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 76 for information regarding the inflator kit materials and instructions 5 61 TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service 5 62 Replacement tires or wheels d
162. etailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Limited Slip Rear Axle Your vehicle may have a limited slip rear differential which provides maximum power and performance It is designed to give you additional traction on snow mud ice sand or gravel It works like a standard axle most of the time but when one of the rear wheels has no traction and the other does this feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle During a sudden shift such as shifting from FIRST 1 to SECOND 2 gear at low engine speeds or suddenly applying the clutch you may feel or hear a clunking or rattling noise This is normal Electronic Stability Control ESC Your vehicle may have an Electronic Stability Control ESC system which combines antilock brake and traction and stability control systems that help the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in most driving conditions When the vehicle is started and begins to move the system performs several diagnostic checks to ensure there are no problems You may hear or feel the system working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with your vehicle The system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 20 mph 32 km h If the system fails to turn on or activate the ESC TCS light comes on and the ESC OFF and or SERVICE ESC message displays For more information see Driv
163. etween two modes Temperature Turn the left knob on the control panel to adjust the temperature of the air in the vehicle Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature 32 Air Conditioning If your vehicle has air conditioning press the left knob on the control panel to turn the air conditioning system on or off An indicator light on the button will come on to let you know the air conditioning is activated When the system is on this setting cools and dehumidifies the air entering your vehicle The air conditioning will not function if the fan is turned off If air conditioning is selected with fan off the indicator light will flash three times and then turn off You may notice a slight change in engine performance when the air conditioning compressor turns off and turns on again This is normal The system is designed to make adjustments to help with fuel economy while still maintaining the selected temperature Air conditioning does not operate at temperature below 40 F 4 C In temperatures above 40 F 4 C the air conditioning cannot be turned off in defrost floor defog and recirculation modes because it helps to remove moisture from the vehicle It also helps to keep the windows clear On hot days open the windows to let the hot inside air escape then close them This helps reduce the time it takes for your vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more ef
164. f View See Battery on page 5 40 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 41 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 97 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the MIN minimum mark add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged E Ez Mobilim SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 AR 2 4L L4 Engine 2 0L L4 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough
165. f you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty 5 28 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An engine coolant temperature warning can indicate a serious problem See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 30 If you get an engine coolant temperature warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving Idle for long periods in traffic If you get the engine coolant temperature warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If your air conditioner is on turn it off 2 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning conti
166. ficiently 3 17 For quick cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select the vent mode 2 Select recirculation mode 3 Select the air conditioning to on 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the highest fan speed Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of your vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in your vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off Sis Fan Turn the center knob on the control panel to control the fan speed Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed O Off Turn the center knob to this position to turn the fan off A Recirculation Press the center knob on the control panel to recirculate air inside the vehicle and prevent outside air from coming in It can be used to prevent outside odors from entering your vehicle and cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on or off An indicator light on the button will come on to let you know the recirculation mode is activated Recirculation is available in the bi level and vent modes If recirculation is selected in either floor heat floor defog or defrost mode the LED light will flash three times indicating recirculation is not available in that mode The right knob on the control panel is used to direct the airflow inside your vehicle Turn the knob to select one
167. g additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from t
168. g an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 74 4 23 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that could free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 29 4 24 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two la
169. g fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 48 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 16 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasoline Octane Use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You can also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration could be slightly reduced and you might notice a slight audible kno
170. g or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for veh
171. g something too much can make it explode and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and unscrew the sealant filling hose from the tire valve or inflate the tire to its recommended pressure tire pressure monitoring sensor valve See Roadside Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa Assistance Program on page 7 7 9 Push the sealant and compressor kit switch to the O off position 5 79 10 11 12 13 14 The tire is not sealed and will continue to leak air until the vehicle is driven and the sealant is distributed in the tire Steps 11 through 19 must be done immediately after Step 9 Unplug the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Disconnect the sealant filling hose from the tire valve stem by turning it counterclockwise and replace the tire valve stem cap Be careful when handling the tire inflator components as they could be hot after usage Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location Stow the air compressor accessory plug back in the air compressor To do this wrap the air compressor accessory plug snap in the plug and then push in the bottom and then the top of the wrapped air compressor accessory plug 5 80 15 Ifthe flat tire was able to inflate to the recommended inflation pressure remove the maximum speed label from the sealant canister Place it in a h
172. gine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 F Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 35 Remote Negative Ground Out of View See Jump Starting on page 5 41 Battery Out of View See Battery on page 5 40 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 41 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 97 When you open the hood on the 2 0L L4 engine this is what you will see Mf ae A as YX SS fa Ke Es CG iE A p ni roy I LA Us al S ye yj y lt A a i TO IN ID hg W 5 14 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 36 Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 29 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 37 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 23 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 35 Remote Negative Ground Out of View See Jump Starting on page 5 41 Battery Out o
173. h speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides better fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transmission will shift down to a lower gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 14 Notice If your vehicle seems to start up rather slowly or not shift gears when you go faster and you continue to drive your vehicle that way you could damage the transmission Have your vehicle serviced right away You can drive in LOW L when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and DRIVE D for higher speeds until then 2 23 FOURTH 4 This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than DRIVE D without using your brakes You might choose FOURTH 4 instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads and when going down a steep hill INTERMEDIATE I This position is also used for normal driving However
174. he shift lever in PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 26 If your vehicle has a manual transmission move the shift lever to REVERSE R and set the parking brake firmly See Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 28 for additional information 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel has damaged sidewalls or has a puncture larger than a 1 4 inch 6 mm the tire is too severely damaged for the tire sealant and compressor kit to be effective See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 If the tire has a puncture less than a 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire see Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 76 5 75 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Your vehicle has a tire sealant and compressor kit that is capable of temporarily sealing a puncture up to 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire There is no jack or spare tire The kit inflates the tire with liquid sealant and air The tire sealant and compressor kit can also be used to inflate an underinflated tire After the tire is inflated to the recommended inflation pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 for more information the vehicle must be driven for five miles to distribute the sealant in the tire and seal the puncture After driving five miles the tire pressure must be rechecked and adjusted as needed See Using the Tire Sealant and
175. he controls for the outside power mirrors are located on the driver s door Move the selector switch located next to the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver s side or passenger s side mirror To adjust a mirror use the arrows located on the four way control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen while sitting in a comfortable driving position 2 31 Both mirrors can be manually folded by pulling them toward the vehicle This feature may be useful when going through a car wash or a confined space Push the mirrors away from the vehicle to the normal position before driving OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you 2 32 OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar A complete OnSt
176. he fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the driver side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 88 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC The CHECK GAS CAP message displays if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flo
177. he pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 21 Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 1 22 The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt until the child passes the below fit test Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If ye
178. heck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping abi
179. hen adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have an ashtray and cigarette lighter To use the lighter located on the instrument panel below the radio push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Climate Controls Climate Control System Climate Control System with Air Conditioning shown Climate Control System without Air Conditioning similar With this system you can control the heating and ventilation of your vehicle You may also be able to control the cooling of your vehicle if your vehicle has air conditioning For a combination setting move the control b
180. hen shift into FIRST 1 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEUTRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press the clutch pedal After the vehicle stops shift into REVERSE R Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal If it is hard to shift let the shift lever return to NEUTRAL and release the clutch pedal Then press the clutch pedal again and shift into REVERSE R Do not attempt to shift into the fifth gear position prior to shifting into REVERSE R Your transmission has a lock out feature which prevents a fifth gear to reverse gear shift Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use FIRST 1 or REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle Parking Brake The parking brake lever is located between the front seats To set the pa
181. hing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake 5 41 Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories Do not remove fuse block cover to jump start the on during the jump starting procedure they could vehicle be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batterie
182. i 68 kPa below the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too damaged for the sealant to work See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Wipe off any sealant from the wheel tire and vehicle with a rag Dispose of the sealant canister at a local dealer retailer or in accordance with local state codes and practices After using the sealant canister replace it with a new canister from your dealer retailer After temporarily sealing a tire with the tire sealant and compressor kit take your vehicle to your dealer retailer to have the tire inspected and repaired 5 81 Using the Air Compressor without 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the tire valve stem and push the lever down to secure Sealant to Inflate an Underinflated Tire in place Not Punctured 5 Plug the air compressor accessory plug into To use the air compressor by itself to inflate a tire with an accessory power outlet in the vehicle air only and not sealant See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 for more information 1 Remove the air compressor inflating hose connector from the bottom of the air compressor A CAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 2 29 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine Key Access on page 2 20 for more information The vehicle must be running while using
183. i AE a EE GARE ES 3 10 Washer Fluid 250264 rese etee etic erb 5 36 Wiper Blade Replacement c ae 5 50 Wiper Blades Cleaning ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 90 WIETS ic arrene Er oner banede er ke 3 9 Winter Diving 255 atcscuaeiia tates onde aa 4 19 Winter Tirs ciciccmecchecenacleancandbearcadagadeweioneamns 5 52 XM Radio Messages sceeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 3 67 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 70 Your Vehicle and the Environment 00 6 2
184. ial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 59 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected Z CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them pr
185. ical passenger p metric vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S A Passenger P Meiric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association 5 54 B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air p
186. ices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less
187. icles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the dealer s area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S cust
188. ifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 26 and Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 28 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Grip the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Move the lever to the right for nighttime use and to the left for daytime use Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Move the lever to the right for nighttime use and to the left for daytime use There may also be three OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror face See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 32 for more information on the services OnStar provides Outside Manual Mirror Adjust the outside rearview mirror so you can see a little of the side of your vehicle and the area beside your vehicle from a comfortable driving position Some mirrors can be folded in to enter narrow passageways Outside Power Mirrors T
189. ighly visible location such as the inside of the upper left corner of the windshield or to the face of the radio clock The maximum speed label reminds you to drive cautiously and not to exceed 55 mph 90 km h until you have the damaged tire inspected and repaired A CAUTION 16 17 Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in the proper place Return the equipment to the proper storage location in the trunk of your vehicle You may need to loosen the retention strap to wrap it around the sealant and compressor kit and foam container To do this pull apart the strap and loosen the strap at the quick release buckle Then snap the buckle together pull the strap tight and secure the loose end of the strap by mating the ends Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km to distribute the sealant evenly in the tire 18 19 20 21 PP Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure refer to Steps 1 through 8 under Using the Air Compressor without Sealant next in this section If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 kPa from the recommended inflation pressure you can inflate the tire back up to the recommended inflation pressure If the tire pressure has fallen more then 10 ps
190. ils such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited
191. in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But ESC can be turned off if needed If the vehicle is in cruise control while the system begins to assist the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle the ESC TCS light flashes and the cruise control automatically disengages When road conditions allow you to use cruise again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 10 ee The traction control system can be turned off or back on by pressing the ESC TCS button To disable both traction control and ESC press and hold the button from five to ten seconds When the ESC system is turned off the TRACTION OFF and ESC OFF messages appear and the ESC TCS light comes on to warn the driver that both traction control and ESC are disabled The ESC TCS button is located on the instrument panel It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if your vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 23 Also see Competitive Driving Mode later in this section ESC may also turn off automatically if it determines that a problem exists with the system The ESC OFF an
192. in the Maintenance Schedule See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Manual Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the manual transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to a dealer retailer for service Have it repaired as soon as possible You may also have your fluid level checked by your dealer retailer when you have your oil changed See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for the proper fluid to use Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting This system does not have its own reservoir It receives fluid from the brake master cylinder reservoir See Brakes on page 5 37 for more information 5 23 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem
193. ing and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S contact the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 762 2737 In Canada contact General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative
194. ing in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS remember It helps to avoid only the acceleration skid See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 If you do not have TCS or if the system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC the ESC might activate See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 9 Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires t
195. ing that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 28 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in appropriate infant restraints A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints Child Restraint Systems A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back
196. ings you will need to drive safely and economically 4 ae x 1000 United States Cluster shown Canada and Turbo model similar 3 21 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The vehicle s odometer works together with the Driver Information Center DIC if your vehicle has one A Trip A and Trip B odometer can be set See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Open the driver s door and the mileage will be displayed briefly If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer 3 22 Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled LZ This chime and light is repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the drivers belt is alre
197. into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away O Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when the engine is started If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 27 When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set the parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully Make sure the parking brake is fully released You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 29 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 3 28 Antilock Brake System Warning Light E That is normal If the light d
198. ion starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to ON RUN for normal driving A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door while in LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY when the key has not been removed from the ignition Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove the key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock the ignition and transmission Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Shift Lock Release For vehicles with an automatic transmission the following procedure allows the ignition to be turned to LOCK OFF and for the removal of the ignition key in case of a dead battery or low voltage battery 1 Make sure the shift lever is in PARK P 2 Using a tool pry off the cover to the lock release access hole located at the bottom of the steering column 3 Place your finger into the access hole and locate the plunger 4 Press and hold the plunger toward the driver s door while turning the ignition key to LOCK OFF 5 Remove the key Ha
199. ious folder functions are not displayed on a CD R or CD RW that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD R or CD RW contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then goes to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R or CD RW are played in the following order Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode was chosen as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name
200. is off or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release this button to help locate your vehicle The horn will sound three times and the hazard lamps will flash three times Press and hold the button for three seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn will sound and the hazard lamps will flash for 30 seconds The ignition must be off for the vehicle locator remote alarm to work Press the vehicle locator panic alarm button again or turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN to turn off the alarm The vehicle may have Remote Lock Unlock Confirmation This feature provides feedback that a command has been received by the vehicle The parking lamps will flash and the horn may sound briefly See LOCK HORN and UNLOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 44 for programming information Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is uniquely coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking the vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer retailer Remember to bring any additional transmitters so they can also be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer retailer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter cannot unlock the vehicle The vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters coded to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in the RKE transmit
201. it Lighting saia shell tanai edn 3 15 Mirror Reading Lamps 22232 renere 3 15 Battery Run Down Protection o c 3 15 Accessory Power Outlet S cceeeeeeeneee ees 3 16 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 00 3 16 Climate Controls cccceceeeeeeeeee eee eee eee ees 3 17 Climate Control System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 3 17 Outlet Adjustment ccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 Instrument Panel Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 20 Instrument Panel Cluster ceeeeeeeeeee eee 3 21 Speedometer and Odometer 0eeeee 3 22 TACHOMECION cecnrcsasaszccccansmectnaneuscsenrnarenanenas 3 22 Safety Belt Reminders ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 23 Airbag Readiness Light ceeeeeeeeeee eens 3 24 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 25 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 27 Brake System Warning Light eee 3 27 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 28 Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Wearing Light esse anser bl hekse nice 3 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 30 Low Coolant Warning Light eeeeeeee 3 30 Tire Pressure Light eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 31 Malfunction Indicator Lamp eeeeeeeeeeee 3 32 Oil Pressure LIGA ali sker sake nede lebe 3 34 Securty To
202. it reduces the vehicle s speed without using your brakes for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade If constant upshifting or downshifting occurs while driving on steep hills this position can be used to prevent repetitive types of shifts You might choose INTERMEDIATE I instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly and winding roads LOW L This position reduces vehicle speed more than INTERMEDIATE I without using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transmission will not shift into low gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place 2 24 Manual Transmission Operation This is the shift pattern for a manual transmission Here is how to operate your manual transmission FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch pedal Press the clutch pedal back down T
203. k 06ceeeeeee ees 5 4 Door Automatic Door LOCK ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee eee ees 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock cc eres users 2 8 Delayed Locking ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 8 Manual Door LOCkS ce ceeeeeeeeeeee eee ee eens 2 7 Power Door LOCKS wci cccsecateeriavenersieveeteecaneaneres 2 8 Driver Seat Height Adjuster eseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee es 1 2 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeeeee 3 37 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeees 3 38 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0 eeeeeeee 3 44 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 e0eeeee 3 40 Driving At Night s vetietsswestaccindaeshi hive tees 4 16 Before a Long Trip ceeeeeeceeereeeeeseeeees 4 17 BIS ETS ENG Fee E E E SEERE SED ES 4 2 BETA SS ERE RE REE RE a EN EGE REE 4 2 Highway Hypnosis 25 urene enke nb ar 4 18 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 18 In Rain and on Wet Roads l e 4 16 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 24 WIED oaser e N eine a anteeseacaticy 4 19 EDR wiestiepertetd epia e E ER EEEE 7 17 Electrical System Add On Equipment eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee es 5 95 Floor Console Fuse Block 0 seeeeeeeee ees 5 96 Fuses and Circuit Breakers e eeeeeeeeee 5 95 Headlamp Wiring ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea ees 5 95 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 95 Underhood Fuse Block ceeeeeeeeeeee eee e
204. kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions To reset the average fuel economy press and hold the reset button while MPG L 100 KM AVG is displayed Average fuel economy is then calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it is continually updated each time you drive MPG L 100 KM INST Instantaneous Press the information button until MPG L 100 KM INST displays This mode shows the current fuel economy at a particular moment and changes frequently as driving conditions change This mode shows the instantaneous fuel economy in miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km Unlike average fuel economy this screen cannot be reset AV Average SPEED Press the information button until AV SPEED displays This mode shows the vehicle s average speed in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h To reset the average vehicle speed press and hold the reset button while AV SPEED is displayed OIL LIFE Press the information button until OIL LIFE displays The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life It shows 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It alerts you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this m
205. knowledge a message and clear it from the display press and hold any of the DIC buttons If the condition is still present the warning message comes back on the next time the vehicle is turned off and back on With most messages a warning chime sounds when the message displays Your vehicle may have other warning messages AUTO Automatic LIGHTS OFF This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is disabled with the headlamp switch AUTO Automatic LIGHTS ON This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is enabled with the headlamp switch BRAKE FLUID This message displays while the ignition is on when the brake fluid level is low The brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 for more information Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 40 CHANGE OIL SOON This message displays when the life of the engine oil has expired and it should be changed When this message is acknowledged and cleared from the display the engine oil life system must still be reset separately See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information CHECK GAS CAP This message displays if the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to make sure that it is on properly A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the message off
206. l operation after the brake pedal is released Brake assist cannot compensate for unsafe driving practices and braking effectiveness itself depends on the condition of the road tires and brakes and vehicle mass Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle may have a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that the rear wheels are spinning too much or are beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the rear brakes and reduces engine power by closing the throttle and managing engine spark to limit wheel spin If your vehicle has TCS there is a ESC TCS button located on the instrument panel A ee This light will flash when your traction control system is limiting wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal See Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information If your vehicle is in cruise control when TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 A ee When this light is on solid and either the SERVICE TRACTION or TRACTION OFF message is displayed the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accor
207. ld be inspected for wear RS and cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 C TIN for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 f D 2 Push the release lever B to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm A out of the blade C 3 Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper arm until you hear the release lever click into place To replace the windshield wiper blade assembly do the following 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 5 50 Tires CAUTION Continued Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever e Underinflated tires pose the same have questions about your tire warranty and where danger as overloaded tires The to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty 4 booklet for details For additional information un Oconee refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included lol the recommended pressure with your vehicle s Owner Manual Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents ACAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tire
208. le See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 for more information Do not slam the door or close the window on the compressor accessory plug cord 7 Move the On Off switch to the on position The pressure gage will initially show a high pressure A CAUTION while the compressor pushes the sealant into the tire Once the sealant is completely dispersed Idling the engine in a closed in place or with into the tire the pressure will quickly drop and the climate control system off can cause start to rise again as the tire inflates with air deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine 8 Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation Exhaust on page 2 29 pressure found on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the vehicle s door latch using the air pressure gage on the top of the unit The pressure gage reading is slightly high while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure reading Notice If the recommended pressure cannot be A CAUTION reached after 15 minutes the vehicle should not be driven The tire is too severely damaged and cannot be inflated or sealed with the tire sealant and compressor kit Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet and 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine Key Access on page 2 20 for more information The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor Inflatin
209. le design In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side co
210. le should never hold an infant in their arms while riding in a vehicle An infant does not weigh much until a crash During a crash an infant will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint 1 26 A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 1 27 Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label say
211. lity 5 59 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 61 for additional information 5 60 Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a ra
212. ll damage large punctures or a tire that has unseated from the wheel See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 if you need assistance The sealant can only be used to seal one tire After usage the sealant canister and sealant filling hose assembly must be replaced at a dealer retailer See Removal and Installation of Sealant Canister later in this section 5 77 Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister if it has expired see your dealer retailer for a replacement Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily Seal a Punctured Tire Follow these directions closely for correct sealant usage 1 Place the sealant and compressor kit on the ground and unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor 2 Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the unit To do this pull the top portion of the wrapped cord out first then the bottom and then unsnap the plug Do not insert the plug into an accessory outlet yet 3 Remove the valve stem or tire pressure monitoring sensor cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise If an object such as a nail has penetrated the tire do not remove it 5 78 Attach the sealant filling hose A onto the tire valve stem Turn it clockwise until it is tight Make sure the sealant and compressor kit on off switch B is in the O off position Plug the air compressor accessory plug C into an accessory power outlet in the vehic
213. llisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 40 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 41 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbags inflated Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 41 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 1 42 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle sho
214. loser than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 88 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 93 If your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfa
215. lout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Damen Usage Interior and exterior polishing cloth Removes tar road oil and asphalt Use on chrome or stainless steel Polishing Cloth Wax Treated Tar and Road Oil Remover Chrome Cleaner and Polish Vinyl Cleaner Glass Cleaner Chrome and Wire Wheel Cleaner Finish Enhancer Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on wipe off C Description We Removes swirl marks fine scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches Cleans shines and protects in one easy step no wiping necessary Swirl Remover Polish Foaming Tire Shine Low Gloss Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Wash Wax Concentrate Quickly and easily removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery
216. lp reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 1 36 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Z CAUTION Airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Everyone in your vehicle should wear a Safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety be
217. lt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle 1 37 Where Are the Airbags A CAUTION Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 22 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 25 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows N r si dg FX the airbag symbol The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more information 1 38 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the bag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering The right front passenger s airbag is in the instrument panel on the pass
218. ly programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key IIl to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to the ON RUN position within five seconds of the original key being turned to the LOCK OFF position The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key Ill system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key Ill system at this time If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deter
219. m Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 23 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 88 1 50 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more information Notice If an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 41 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the
220. me thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 2 21 Automatic Transmission Operation If your vehicle has an automatic transmission the shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats There are several different positions for the shift lever OOOO PARK P This position locks the rear wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily 2 22 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shif
221. mething In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And th
222. might not be covered by your warranty 3 32 Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light comes on as a check to show it is working when the ignition is turned to ON RUN but the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light also comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required If the Light is Flashing The following can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed Avoid hard accelerations Avoid steep uphill grades If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash
223. n For your fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 101 Low Fuel Warning Light This light below the fuel gage will come on briefly when the engine is started This light also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel When you add fuel the light should go off If it does not have your vehicle serviced Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC The DIC display gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display driver personalization menu modes and warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster The DIC buttons are located on the left side of the steering wheel INFO Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays t Reset Press this button to reset some vehicle information mode displays select a personalization menu mode setting or acknowledge a warning message Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release the buttons to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 44 for more information 3 37 DIC Operation and Displays The DIC comes on when the ignition is on The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons The button functions are detailed in the following Information
224. n be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 69 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works Your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit 2 34 When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity a
225. n on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket a or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat A CAUTION covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates If the airbag readiness light in the instrument We recommend that you not use seat covers or other panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 48 for more information about modifications adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more on this including important safety information seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 47 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags
226. n the DIC 3 48 EXT Exterior LIGHTS If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior perimeter lighting to turn on each time the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When EXT LIGHTS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior perimeter lighting will not turn on when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior perimeter lighting will turn on when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC will display When LANGUAGE appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English FRENCH All messages will appear in French SPANISH All messages will appear in Spanish GERMAN All messages will appear in German To select a setting and exit out of the personalization menu mode press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Exiting Personalization Menu The
227. nation of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 through 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages 3 55 Setting the Tone Bass Treble Radio with CD Base BASS TREB Bass Treble To adjust the bass or treble press the JJ knob or the BASS TREBLE pushbutton until the desired tone control label displays Turn the JJ knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the setting The current bass or treble level displays If a station s frequency is weak o
228. nch out assistance is provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start A battery jump start is covered at no charge if the vehicle does not start Trip Routing Service Canada only Upon request Roadside Assistance will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip Please allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Canada only In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from the original point of departure you may qualify for trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meals maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night and C alternate ground transportation maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authoriz
229. nd reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times Location information about your vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the radio volume if you cannot hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by your dealer retailer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box To open lift the handle up Use the key to lock and unlock Cupholder s There are two cupholders located in the center console press and release to extend forward Convertible Top For care and cleaning of the convertible top see Convertible Top on page 5 90 und
230. ng insulation If they do you could get a in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler shock The vehicles could be eda re caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is dd water to tak f that first Before you connect the cables here are some ls OW COO Water 10 age fale OF NEE MES basic things you should know Positive will go If you don t explosive gas could be present to positive or to a remote positive terminal Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote in your eyes or on your skin flush the place negative terminal if the vehicle has one with water and get medical help immediately Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 5 43 10 11 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative
231. not drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding When the button is released the washers stop but the roads or in heavy traffic wipers continue to wipe about three times or resume g g the previous speed Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the left side of the steering wheel On Off Press this button to turn the cruise control system on and off RES Resume Press this button to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press this button to set a speed and to decrease the speed To set a speed do the following 1 Press the on off button to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Get to the speed you want 3 Press the SET control button and release it The CRUISE ENGAGED message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC to show the system is engaged 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal When you ap
232. ntainer Your vehicle s engine is filled at the factory with a synthetic oil which meets all requirements for your vehicle Substitute Engine Oil When adding oil to maintain engine oil level oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M may not be available 5 17 You can add substitute oil designated SAE 5W 30 with the starburst symbol at all temperatures Substitute oil not meeting GM Standard GM4718M should not be used for an oil change For Vehicles With the 2 4L L4 Engine RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER F T c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for three things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M 5 18 e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container No
233. nts to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions 5 87 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better
234. nues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see 2 4 L4 Engine A Electric Engine Cooling Fan Out of View B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface 2 0L L4 Engine The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or A Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water B Electric Engine Cooling Fan Out of View pump or somewhere in the cooling system 5 30 A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That
235. o be lowered fully without pressing and holding the switch Press the front of the switch to the first position and the window opens a small amount Press the switch down fully and the window goes all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering pull up the front of the switch Sun Visors To use the sun visor s pull the edge of the visor nearest to the windshield toward you Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle may have a driver s side vanity mirror Swing down the sun visor and slide the cover to expose the mirror Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system f Once the system is armed the security light will flash once every three seconds The security light located on the instrument panel cluster will turn on to indicate that arming has been initiated If the security light is flashing twice per second this means that a door is open Arming the System While the ignition is off press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter lock button to arm the system The system will arm after either of these things occur Thirty seconds after all the doors are closed Sixty seconds with any door open If you press the lock button on the transmit
236. o not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 68 Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have two minutes to match each tire and wheel po
237. o slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If you have your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC with the Antilock Brake System ABS remember ABS helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ESC with ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror e Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because your headlamps can only light up so much road ahead Watch for animals When tired pull off the road Do not wear sunglasses Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curve
238. oes not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for all brake related DIC messages For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light will come on briefly when you start the engine Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light A ee This light is located in the center of the instrument panel cluster For vehicles that have the Electronic Stability Control ESC system or the Traction Control System TCS this warning light should come on briefly when the engine is started If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem This light along with the appropriate Driver Inform
239. of the following modes 7s Vent Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct air to the instrument panel outlets 74 Bi Level Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct air to the instrument panel outlets and the remaining air to the floor outlets and the defroster and side window outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets Vad Floor Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct most of the air to the floor outlets The remaining air is directed to the side window and defroster outlets If there is little or no airflow on the passenger side make sure that the carpet covering is tucked under the floor outlets Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield and side windows Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting Use a temperature setting that provides warm air The warmer the air the quicker the windows will clear To prevent fogging on the inside of the windows in modes other than floor defog and defrost make s
240. of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display and might not fully display Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player 3 63 Playlists can be changed by using the previous and next folder buttons the tuner knob or the seek buttons An MP3 CD R or CD RW that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R or CD RW contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are not accessible Root Directory The root directory of the CD R or CD RW is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display 3 64 No Folder When the CD R or CD RW contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and prev
241. omers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or
242. ont passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active 1 45 For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger s frontal airbag 1 46 Safety belts help keep the passenger in positio
243. operly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 68 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 69 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 5 70 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the g
244. or says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 44 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured ina rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if The right front passenger seat is unoccupied The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the sea
245. orsin tnni n pa 4 5 Brakes seroma n a e a news 5 37 System Warning Light e eeeeeeeeeeeeee e 3 27 Braking sarino eea ee E 4 3 Braking in Emergencies ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 5 Break In New Vehicle ccccececeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 2 17 Bulb Replacement ecseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Back Up Lamps rara eres N anne 5 48 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 47 Halogen Bulbs 22 re ner heks 5 46 Headlamp Aiming 2205 sutte brad sker 5 46 Headlamps sa assure eE 5 47 License Plate Lamps u ssssssessesesre nr eens 5 49 Replacement Bulbs ccsceeeeeeeeeeereeeees 5 49 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 5 48 Buying New TireS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 68 California Fuel cviccs cscescecasverseeiaveveres Hees dn 5 6 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 5 4 Canadian Owners vii rare releases ii Capacities and Specifications ccceeeeee 5 101 Carbon Monoxide 0685 2 9 2 29 4 19 4 29 Care of Safety Belg corrino tinni 5 88 CD MPS orrien anid Se eee 3 63 Center Console Storage Area c eeeeeeeeee ee 2 36 Chains Tire EEN AAE 5 74 Charging System Light sssseeeeerereerrnenee 3 27 Check Engine light orriei ere SENSE BESES ERR ERE ES 3 32 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting W s
246. ou can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 3 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention anda quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your vehicle s right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the s
247. ou must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 29 Remote Trunk Release To open the trunk from inside the vehicle press the remote trunk release button located in the glovebox The remote trunk release will only work when either the ignition is off or in ACC ACCESSORY the parking brake is engaged or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h Emergency Trunk Release Handle x lt Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk on the driver s side This handle will glow following exposure to light If someone is locked in the trunk they can pull the release handle and push the trunk lid open from the inside to open the trunk 2 10 Windows A CAUTION
248. ould hurt you or other people We tell you what the hazard is and what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings You will also find notices in this manual Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front S ats aceae a 1 2 Airbag System o e 1 36 Manual Seats ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeees 1 2 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 38 Seat Height Adjuster c ceeeeeeeeeeeneee een en 1 2 When Should an Airbag Inflate 1 40
249. overnment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum r
250. ow cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information 5 67 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your A CAUTION vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet Mixing tires could cause you to lose control General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification while driving If you mix tires of different sizes TPC spec system rating If you need replacement brands or types radial and bias belted tires tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with g the vehicle may not handle properly and you the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle i will continue to have tires that are designed to give the could have a crash Using tires of different same performance and vehicle safety during normal sizes brands or types may al
251. p and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the sa
252. p down into the trunk D 2 38 Yh As A TK ZC 9 After the top is stored apply one even push as shown on the convertible top to ensure that the top is fully retracted and securely stored 10 Close the trunk D by pressing down from the rear center of it with a swift firm motion Do not operate the rear defogger when the convertible top is down A clear Mylar protective film has been installed at the factory on the trunk lid surface under the convertible top buttresses This film is designed to help prevent paint damage to the trunk lid Do not remove this protective film It is intended to remain permanently affixed to the trunk lid surface Raising the Manual Convertible Top 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake firmly and shift an automatic transmission into PARK P Shift a manual transmission into FIRST 1 or REVERSE R 2 Make sure the ignition is turned off and lower the windows 3 Push the trunk release button located in the glove box or on the remote keyless entry if equipped 4 Lift the trunk 2 39 2 40 Pull the convertible top forward by firmly gripping the side edge B and applying a brisk upward and forward motion to get the top in the full up position Pull the front edge A of the convertible top forward from the outside of the vehicle or push the front edge A of the convertible top forward from the inside of the vehicle Turn the top front latch handle clo
253. page 3 8 AD D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 8 e amp Exterior Lamp Control See Headlamps on page 3 13 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 95 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal lever away from you When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash
254. page 5 101 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear 5 39 Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery post
255. personalization menu If the vehicle speed is greater than 2 mph 3 km h only the UNITS menu will be accessible 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings for each mode If you do not make a selection within ten seconds the display will go back to the previous information displayed Personalization Menu Modes OIL LIFE RESET When this feature is displayed you can reset the engine oil life system To reset the system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 See OIL LIFE under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 for more information UNITS This feature allows you to select the units of measurement in which the DIC will display the vehicle information When UNITS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default in United States All information will be displayed in English units METRIC default in Canada All information will be displayed in metric units To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 45 TIRE LEARN This mode is available on vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system After rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS must re learn the
256. personalization menu will be exited when any of the following conditions occur Aten second time period has elapsed The ignition is turned off The end of the personalization menu list is reached Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Z CAUTION This system provides you with far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation 3 49 Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with yo
257. ply the brakes or depress the clutch the cruise control will shut off Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This disengages the cruise control To return to your previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once you are going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can press the RES button briefly This will take you back up to your previously chosen speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to increase speed 1 Disengage the cruise control by applying the brake pedal but do not turn it off Accelerate to a higher speed and reset the cruise control 2 If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES button Press it until you get up to the speed you want and then release the button To increase your speed in very small amounts press the RES button briefly and then release it Each time you do this your vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged Push and hold the SET part of the button until you reach the lower speed desired then release it To slow down in very small amounts push the SET part of the button briefly Each time this is done your vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator
258. pray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle 5 91 Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop 5 92 Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fal
259. quired This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel 3 67 Channel Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info No artist information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Title Info No song title information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No CAT Info No category information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Information No text or informational messages are available at this time on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM TheftLocked The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicl
260. r consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven Know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your
261. r two seconds to eject all discs JJ Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 files on the CD R or CD RW currently playing K SEEK D Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD 3 65 lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays D gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays 3 66 RDM Random With the random setting MP3 files on the CD R or CD RW can be played in random rather than sequential order on one CD R CD RW or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files in random order from the CD R or CD RW
262. r audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers D Power Volume Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player Additional volume adjustments might need to be made from the portable device BAND Press to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues to play so you might want to stop it or turn it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press again and the system begins to play audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Using an MP3 MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 files that were recorded ona CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album can display when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Compres
263. r dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vee In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this should be rotated as shown here These but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush tires should only be moved from front to rear and rear to front on the same side of e you need to to get all the rust or the vehicle Directional Tires If your vehicle has Goodyear Eagle F1 GS1 P245 45R18 size tires they are directional tires and must roll in a certain direction for the best overall performance The direction is shown by an arrow on the tire sidewall Because these tires are directional they 5 66 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need new tires if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to sh
264. r has static decrease the treble EQ Equalization Press to adjust BASS and TREBLE Settings Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the JJ knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the s knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow DD FWD forward 3 56 or lt lt REV reverse button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the JJ knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds EQ Equalization Press to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press until Manual displays or start to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing the dd knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade Radio with CD Base C BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade press this button or the Jd knob until the desired
265. r sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc 5 86 Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth
266. r the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the pushbutton again to turn off random play Press the CD AUX button or for a six disc CD player press and hold the LOAD V button A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays Insert one or more discs partway into the slot of the CD player To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play RPT Repeat For Radios with CD Base one track can be repeated by using the repeat setting To repeat the track you are listening to press and release the RPT button An arrow symbol displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play i Information Radio with CD Base Press to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time BAND Press to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Playing an MP3 CD R
267. ransmission Empty Manual Transmission Data Link Connector BER Back up Lamps 31 Automatic Transmission Empty Manual Transmission Cooling Fan 1 LES Empty LNF Empty LE5 Turbo Cam phase LNF Engine Control Module 43 Engine Control Module Transmission Antilock Brake System EA Ignition Coils LE5 EA Coils LNF Back up Lamps Manual Transmission Empty I Automatic Transmission Daytime Running Lamps Relay Daytime Running Lamps Cooling Fan 1 Relay LE5 Empty LNF Run Crank Relay Windshield Wiper Low High Relay Fog Lamps 5 99 Fuses Usage 56 S Band OnStar Remote Keyless Entry System Antilock Brake System Fuses Usage Canister Vent Driver Side Low Beam Headlamp Passenger Side Low Beam Headlamp 67 Passenger Side High Beam z Headlamp Windshield Wiper ao fm y Antilock Brake System Instrument Panel Ignition Driver Side High Beam e Parking Lamps Relay eo Parking Lamps Windshield Wiper On Off Relay Low Beam Headlamp Relay 5 100 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information LE Engisn Mere For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Air
268. ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread 5 53 F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 70 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typ
269. ration these conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle Your dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed 3 33 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced the battery or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take sever
270. re s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirp can take up to 30 seconds 5 64 10 to sound It chirps one time and then all the turn signals flash one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position The passenger side front turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 The passenger side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 The driver side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 After hearing the single horn chirp for the driver side rear tire two additional horn chirps sound to indicate the tire learning process is done The LEARN COMPLETE message displays if all four tire positions are learned Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after entering the TPMS learn mode or if communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired the TIRE LEARN message displays on the DIC Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 11 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure
271. rect inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re c
272. rent system in the vehicle Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow e Do not exceed 70 mph 113 km h Do not make full throttle starts also refrain from using the full throttle while driving Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle If these break in procedures are not followed the vehicle s engine axle or other parts could be damaged Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions In order to shift out of PARK P ignition must be in the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key har
273. ress the right knob on the control panel to turn the rear window defogger on or off Do not operate rear defogger when convertible top is down Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attacha temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 3 19 Outlet Adjustment Use the air outlets located in the center and on the side of the instrument panel to direct the airflow Your vehicle has air outlets that allow you to adjust the direction and amount of airflow inside the vehicle Move the louvers up or down or turn them clockwise or counterclockwise to change the direction of the airflow Your vehicle has flow through ventilation that allows outside air to be forced through the ventilation system when the vehicle is moving Outside air will enter the vehicle when the air conditioning fan is running Flow through ventilation can be stopped in vent and bi level modes by pressing the recirculation button Operation Tips Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into the vehicle Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more eff
274. ressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plan
275. rking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 2 25 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down If you forget to release your parking brake a chime will sound and a warning message will be displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC when the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 kph See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving 2 26 Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 25 for more information 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P
276. rning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work for you You might feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If you have Electronic Stability Control ESC with Antilock Brake System A
277. rontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on 3 25 If after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may A CAUTION be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even
278. rther notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division whenever it appears in Helm Incorporated this manual P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 15859546 A First Printing 2007 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Using this Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures and words work together to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that c
279. ry equipment you should have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for your service needs you will know that trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE OIL SOON message on the Driver Information Center DIC comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be re
280. s No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old 4 16 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet
281. s And it could save the radio 4 Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on The remote negative ground bracket is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle and is marked GND that vehicle You will not need to access your battery for jump See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 starting Your vehicle has a remote positive and for more information on the location of the a remote negative jump starting terminal positive and negative terminals on The remote positive your Venice l g terminal is located under a Wy Yn A Rye G red plastic cover on the 5 co engine compartment fuse A CAUTION ms block Open the red plastic cover to access the An electric fan can start up even when the terminal engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missi
282. s continue If no then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Z CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 23 A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoul
283. s terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling 5 40 Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Siarting on page 5 41 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If you drive your vehicle infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of your vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pus
284. s 5 97 Electronic Stability Control eeeeeeeeeeeee eee e es 4 9 Electronic Stability Control Indicator Light 3 29 Engine Air Cleaner Filter u sssssseeeee eee erne renerne 5 21 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 32 GOO ANE E E doe renerne enedes 5 24 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 30 Drive Belt Routing c ceceeeeeeeeeeeee enero es 6 15 Engine Compartment Overview 06 5 12 EXHAUST aeee RE SE ESS ERE RES nent eectaneatanies 2 29 o E RES SSR SES REESE SEER SE SEES 5 15 Oil Life System bleer aeie aiei 5 19 Overheating cceceeeeee eee eeeaeeeeeaeeaeeaeeeeeaes 5 27 Reduced Power Light eseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 35 Running While Parked ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 2 30 SlAMING scl SEES SENE ital Aletha wes 2 20 Entry Exit Lighting sissien isens nirin nessis 3 15 Event Data Recorders u u u ssssseeeereerseese serene 7 18 Extender Safety Belt eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 1 21 Filter Engine Air Cleaner a se 5 21 Finish Damage is c ieceseandessinctdeseadedews beder 5 92 Fixed Mast Antenna ccccccceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeees 3 70 Flashers Hazard Warning 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 6 PlaShtO P ass sci ccdocded shock icesdaanacis ooecaac anni ee 3 8 Blat Tire annaler E LEE 5 75 Fluid aee E e a N eee 5 23 Power Steering sien liwwiidedingiietnvin iiss 5 35 Windshield Washer
285. s are dangerous Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 CAUTION Continued If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them Low Profile Tires If your vehicle has P245 45R18 size tires they are classified as low profile tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement You may also notice more road noise with low profile performance tires and that they tend to wear faster Notice If your vehicle has low profile tires they are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sliding into a curb Your vehicle warranty does not cover this type of damage Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards Winter Tires If your vehicle has P245 45R18 size tires they are classified as low profile performance tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement If you expect to drive on snow or ice covered roads often you may want to get winter tires for your vehicle 5 52 The low profile performance tires may not
286. s that sooner or later your brakes and or clutch will not work well It is not a good idea to top off the brake clutch fluid Adding fluid will not correct a leak If fluid is added when the brake linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake clutch hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 5 37 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake or clutch hydraulic system the brakes or clutch might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 5 38 Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake or clutch hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil
287. sed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignores the MP3 files Pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc Make sure the CD does not have more than a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files to read and play Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or aloum should contain 18 songs or less Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions might not work Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length
288. sesreirnerisriaricsrnasas 2 29 Parking Your Vehicle c eceeeneneeeeeeeeeeeees 2 28 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 25 Passenger Sensing System ceseeeeeeeeeees 1 43 PASSING eceran ERA 4 14 PASS Key I c ccccccccccssessscceeeceeeeeessseeeeeesees 2 15 PASS Key Ill Operation ososi 2 15 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Power Door LOCKS heren Ate oti tieest 2 8 Electrical System 0 00 00 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee rented 5 95 Reduced Engine Light ce eeeeeeereeeee 3 35 Retained Accessory RAP ccecce 2 20 Steering Fluid 22252423 cee braser hr teire 5 35 WINGDOWS cis2stecsdeul adorei E TEE 2 12 PUIVAGY 2a catnertnceintaanen Weds E E P E 7 17 Event Data Recorders sceeeeeeeeereeees 7 18 Navigation System eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 19 OnStar nonien ana A Eaa iS 7 19 Radio Frequency Identification 8 7 19 Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 7 19 Radios ss arsen cided Sees cancel eaeedeede eee gees 3 49 RAJI ca tencteteseeeseecen E 3 53 Radios RECEPTION au va sly ceen a dened aie 3 69 Setting the Time ceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 50 Thet Deterrent 5 2432 rr toisiaan 3 68 Rear Ale nenna a ei 5 45 Limited Slip 3 33 ra rer are iaa 4 9 Rearview Mirror with OnStar ccceeeeeeees 2 31 Rearview Mirrors 2 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
289. set Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19
290. setds 3 8 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 47 Halogen Bulbs cseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 46 High Low Beam Changer eseeeeeeeneeeeenes 3 8 On Reminder srs Sekine se bi one nati anii e ia 3 13 Heater civ 3 ae be rese AD 3 17 Height Adjuster Driver Seat ceeeeeeeeeee ees 1 2 Highbeam On Light a an 3 35 Highway Hypnosi 2s cesscisiasic iietuestivnaawetets 4 18 Hill and Mountain Roads ee 4 18 Hood Checking Things Under cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 10 GlCASC nianie e a E 5 11 HONN asctdentecsic erronee REE E ai 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 11 Hydraulic Clutch ii ccsetecctinectiecesieccttencencdeteeenees 5 23 IGMItlON POSINONS siperian den sg eneret 2 17 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 25 Inflation Tire Pressure oo cece eter eee eee eee eee 5 58 Inflator Kit Tire cccccc rr eee eeeeeeeeeneeeees 5 76 Instrument Panel OVGIVIOW haar cs ii e e a 3 4 Instrument Panel I P Brightness esaurire neonain 3 15 GIUStER ccccvcse dase a aA E eE EE ET 3 21 JUMP Starting 20 0 eee iiinn oe 5 41 Keyless Entry System cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen seers 2 3 KEYS icno seine be reba e a a sees 2 2 Labeling Tire Sidewall eceeseeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Lamps Mirror RAGING csser nenne 3 15 Lap Shoulder Belt cccesceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneees 1 18 LATCH System Child Restraints eee kreere 1 3
291. sher fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month 3 On automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only Tire Inspection and Inflation Check in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your Inspect your vehicle s tires for wear and make dealer retailer for service sure they ae inflated to the correct pressures On manual transmission vehicles put the shift lever See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 in NEUTRAL push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine The vehicle should start At Least Once a Year only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor If the vehicle starts when the clutch Starter Switch Check pedal is not pushed all the way down contact your dealer retailer for service A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 25 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition
292. sion fluid normal service Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote g Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect drum brake linings shoes for wear or cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 50 and Windshield
293. sition If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position the matching process stops and you need to start over TPMS Matching Process for Vehicles with Remote Keyless Entry RKE 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Press and hold the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitters LOCK and UNLOCK buttons at the same time for about five seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn sounds twice indicating the TPMS receiver is ready and in learn mode 4 Start with the driver side front tire The driver side front turn signal also comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirp can take up to 30 seconds to sound It chirps one time and then all the turn signals flash one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position The passenger side front turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The passenger side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The driver side rear turn signal comes on to
294. sition automatically turns on the Daytime Running Lamps DRL during daytime and the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps at night Cy Off On This position is an Off On switch for the Automatic Headlamp System In Canada this applies to vehicles with an automatic transmission set to PARK P and manual transmission vehicles with the parking brake engaged When operating in AUTO a brief turn of the switch to off on will turn off the Automatic Headlamp System An AUTO LIGHTS OFF message will display on the Driver Information Center DIC and a chime will sound Turning the switch to off on again will turn the Automatic Headlamp System back on An AUTO LIGHTS ON message will display on the Driver Information Center DIC The Automatic Headlamp System is always turned on at the beginning of an ignition cycle for vehicles with manual transmission When the parking brake is engaged the automatic headlamps will turn off For vehicles with an automatic transmission when the shift lever is shifted out of PARK P the Automatic Headlamp System will turn on Shifting the lever back to PARK P will turn off the automatic headlamp system Headlamps on Reminder If the driver s door is opened with the ignition off and the lamps on a warning chime will sound This lets you know that the headlamps are still on 3 13 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your
295. so cause use as the original tires damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on your vehicle s wheels GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the Z CAUTION tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by a MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 53 If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle for additional information the wheel rim flanges could develop POE set cracks after many miles of driving A tire GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is and or wheel could fail suddenly causing because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep a crash Use only radial ply tires with the your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires wheels on your vehicle were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 for information on proper tire rotation 5 68 If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type rad
296. speaker control label displays Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the setting Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the Jd knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow gt gt FWD or lt lt REV button until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the 4J knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations while the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency is displayed Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the fir
297. ssseeeeeerrereree 5 92 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems W ssseeeererereeee 1 29 Infants and Young Children 0eeeeeeee 1 25 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 31 Older Children tasirni eas 1 22 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 0 1 32 Cigarette Lighter 2 0cc020ceseia seein 3 16 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 91 Convertible TOP ceeceeeeeeeeeneeeeee eee eeaeeneeaes 5 90 Cleaning cont Exterior Lamps Lenses ce eeeeeeereeeee 5 89 Fabric Carpet arealerne here hibits 5 86 Finish Care ssr oc sendssstheedagnenaeease Ye shades sohdedene 5 89 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces or rune eee 5 87 LATE for er arsen Ea e E SSR 5 85 Leather siiatcsksuateedin cevsekei dd e SNERRE SDS REREED 5 87 EF TSAR SEE ES EES 5 91 Underbody Maintenance ssseeeeeeerereree 5 92 Washing Your Vehicle ssssseeseereerse serene 5 88 WeatherStrips 562 22 zur barer hr rl renees 5 88 Windshield and Wiper Blades 1 W W u s eee 5 90 Climate Control System W u ssseeeeererererree 3 17 Outlet Adjustment ssssseeeeerererrrkrnrerer 3 20 COCK EE E eed 3 50 Clutch Hydraulic 0 ccceceececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 5 23 Collision Damage Repair eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 11 Compressor Kit Tire Sealant 2 5 76 Content Theft
298. ssure Monitor System on page 5 59 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 for more information 3 44 TRACTION OFF If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster comes on solid when the TCS is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information TRUNK AJAR This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 9 and Trunk Ajar Light on page 3 36 DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle has personalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting All of the features listed may not be available on your vehicle Only the features available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since that time To change feature settings use the following procedure Entering Personalization Menu 1 Turn the ignition on while the vehicle is stopped To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release to enter the
299. st XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the tune knob press the buttons below the right or left arrows displayed or press the SEEK arrows to go to the previous or to the next XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again 3 57 Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Turn the Jd knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category displays or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label Categories cannot be removed or added while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h 3 58 Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer retailer for service Loc or Locked This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up
300. start then let go The windshield wipers stop after one wiping cycle If additional wiping cycles are needed hold the lever down longer Damaged wiper blades can prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them to prevent damage If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become damaged get new blades Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker stops the motor until it cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload If the motor gets stuck turn the wipers off clear away the snow or ice and then turn the wipers back on As an added safety feature if the wipers are on for more than 15 seconds the vehicle s headlamps turn on automatically They turn off 15 seconds after the wipers are turned off Windshield Washer Cruise Control To wash the windshield press the button at the end of If your vehicle has cruise control it can maintain a the lever until the washers begin speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at VAN CAUTION speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Cruise control can be dangerous where you can
301. straint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 33 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Make sure the release button is positioned so you the retractor to set the lock would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 34 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether anchor attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 31 8 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is se
302. straint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH Some child restraints have a LATCH system As part of the LATCH system your child restraint may have lower attachments and or a top tether The LATCH system can help hold the child restraint in place during driving or in a crash Some vehicles have lower and or top tether anchors designed to secure a child restraint with lower attachments and or a top tether Some child restraints with a top tether are designed to be used whether the top tether is anchored or not Other child restraints require that the top tether be anchored A national or local law may require that the top tether be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Your vehicle does not have lower anchors or top tether anchors to secure a child restraint with the LATCH sys
303. such as Channel Song Artist and CAT category can display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label displays While information is not available No Info displays Setting Preset Stations Radio with CD Base Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for three seconds until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 5 Repeat Steps 2 through 4 for each pushbutton Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has this feature See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combi
304. system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system When the PASS Key IIl system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 95 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information It may be possible for the PASS Key Ill decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the current
305. t brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 5 55 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight 5 56 Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire
306. t csm pitii namini nenia neiaa 5 75 Inflation Tire Pressure i 5 58 Inspection and Rotation ssseseeeeereeeeee 5 65 Pressure Monitor Operation eeeeeeeeees 5 61 Pressure Monitor System ceeeeeeeeee ees 5 59 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 00 5 76 Tire Sidewall Labeling eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 55 Tires cont Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeeeees 5 70 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 71 Wheel Replacement eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 72 When It Is Time for New Tires 00085 5 67 Winter TIES cennere asn aa ER aAA 5 52 Towing Recreational Vehicle 0 s eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 29 Towing a Trailer 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseee eens 4 29 Your Vehicle saiciseacoedsienericaieaencdievac cadence ln 4 29 Traction Control System TCS M MG GW G G G G sssseseeeererererre renee rnner 4 6 Limited Slip Rear Axle 22 0 0 cceeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 4 9 Traction Control System cceeeeeeeeee eee eeee ees 3 29 Transmission Fluid Automatic eressero iaaa 5 23 Fluid Manual cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeenes 5 23 Transmission Operation Automatic 2 22 Transmission Operation Manual 2 24 RUIN ee ERE SES hladatnsdciectyedamuddapeenesohesmenneeed 2 9 Trunk Ajar Wight is lt s28s eiviceilocaniai
307. t for a period of time The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 32 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit do not install a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer retailer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right fr
308. t lock control system You must fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in ON RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of PARK P on page 2 28 Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped REVERSE R Use this gear to back up At low vehicle speeds you can also use REVERSE R to rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 23 for additional information NEUTRAL N In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only You can also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at hig
309. teering wheel to go straight down the roadway 4 14 Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing we suggest the following tips e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steer
310. tem If a national or local law requires that your top tether be anchored do not use a child restraint in this vehicle because a top tether cannot be properly anchored You must use the safety belts to secure your child restraint in this vehicle unless a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored 1 31 Refer to your child restraint instructions and instructions in this manual for securing a child restraint using the vehicle s safety belts Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has airbags In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 32 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child r
311. ter should last about four years If the battery is weak the transmitter will not work within its normal range It is probably time to change the battery if you have to be very close to the vehicle before the transmitter works Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery do the following 1 Insert a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located below the trunk release button and pry the front and back apart 2 Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this 3 Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing up Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type 4 Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together 5 Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle Doors and Locks There are a couple of ways to lock and unlock your vehicle manually Manual Door Locks F From inside the vehicle use the manual door lock knob Pull up or down on the knob to unlock or A CAUTION lock the door Unlocked doors can be dangerous Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle N will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear To lock either door from th
312. ter a second time while all the doors are closed the system will arm immediately The system arms in 60 seconds if a door is open or after the open door is closed If you do not want to arm the system lock the car with the manual door lock knobs Disarming the System To disarm the system Press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter Turn the ignition on If the system is armed and the trunk is opened using the trunk release button on the transmitter the system will temporarily disarm itself and re arm when the trunk has been closed This allows you to exit the vehicle lock the doors using the transmitter or open the trunk using the transmitter without having to disarm and re arm the system Once the system is disarmed the security light will stop flashing 2 14 How the System Alarm is Activated To activate the system if it is armed Open the driver s door or trunk This causes a ten second pre alarm chirping noise followed by the horn sounding and lights flashing for 30 seconds e Open a passenger s door This immediately causes a full alarm of the horn sounding and lights flashing for 30 seconds After the 30 second alarm ends the system will re arm itself How to Turn Off the System Alarm To turn off the system alarm do one of the following Press the lock button on the RKE transmitter The system will then re arm itself Press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter This will also disarm
313. ter and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer retailer check your cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information 5 25 Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 26 A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line Do not overfill the surge tank Too much coolant can result in an overflow condition when the fluid is hot Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL
314. that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 58 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 24 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 67 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire m
315. that is currently playing press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play O Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R or CD RW in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R or CD RW The radio can begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R or CD RW begins playing again Once the disc has been scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist are played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order on the CD R CD RW and begins playing MP3 files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button The CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing eith
316. the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving Seatback Latches The seats have a latch located on the outboard side near the top of the seatback that enables the front seatback s to fold forward This allows access to the map pocket on the rear of the seatback To fold the seatback forward lift the latch and push the seatback forward A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that yo
317. the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 655 7 2 Online Owner Center 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 20ee 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices 0 eeeee 7 5 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Roadside Assistance Program eccere 7 7 Scheduling Service Appointments 008 7 Courtesy Transportation cceeeeeeeeeeeee nena 7 10 Collision Damage Repair eeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 11 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 00 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Record
318. the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in your vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 67 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD 7 Press this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the Y button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the button for two seconds A beep so
319. though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airba passenger s seat may not nave the protection status indicator it means that the passenger Rang of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal on page 3 24 for more on this including airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 important safety information for more on this including important safety information 3 26 Charging System Light This light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition but the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working It should go out once the engine is running If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system A charging system Driver Information Center DIC message may also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information This light could indicate that you have problems with a generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have it checked right away If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided
320. tice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has the Engine Oil Life System a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON message will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km
321. tional Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario KiB 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer
322. to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers Use this lever located on the right side of the steering wheel to operate the windshield wipers O Off Move the lever to this position to turn off the windshield wipers X7 Intermittent Speed Sensitive Wipers Move the lever to this position for intermittent or speed sensitive operation The amount of delay time varies between wiping cycles due to the delay setting selected or the speed of the vehicle 402 Delay While the lever is in the intermittent position turn the intermittent adjust band with this symbol on it up or down to select a shorter or longer delay between wiping cycles To the left of the adjust band are bars increasing in size from bottom to top that indicate the frequency of the wipes Smaller bars mean the wipers movement is less frequent Larger bars mean the movement is more frequent GED Low Speed Move the lever up to the first setting past intermittent for steady wiping at low speed eS High Speed Move the lever up to the second setting past intermittent for wiping at a high speed Mist Move the lever all the way down to this position for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers
323. to the transmission Do not attempt to shift when the rear wheels do not have traction Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered See your warranty book for additional information Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their 4 12 work where the tires meet the road Unless you have antilock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You
324. tructions before use If you will be Water can cause the solution to freeze and operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature damage your washer fluid tank and other parts may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient of the washer system Also water does not clean protection against freezing as well as washer fluid Adding Washer Fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could Open Ihe cap wiii ihe damage the tank if it is completely full washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your tank is full See Engine windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s Compartment Overview windshield washer system and paint on page 5 12 for reservoir location 5 36 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake and or clutch hydraulic system If it is you should have the brake and or clutch hydraulic system fixed since a leak mean
325. two or two and one half turns If you hear a water and DEX COOL coolant hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack 2 Then keep turning the the engine radiator heater core and other parts pressure cap slowly Use the recommended coolant and the proper ER OPEN 4 and remove it coolant mixture 2 2 RESERVOIR D EXPANSION 105 kPa gt Q gt DEX coor Q Souvein 5 33 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the COLD FILL line add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated See your dealer retailer if necessary 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the COLD FILL line Wait about five minutes then check to see if the level is below the COLD FILL line If the level is below the line add additional coolant to bring the level up to the line Repeat this procedure until the level remains constant at the COLD FILL line for at least five minutes 5 34 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment
326. ty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrie
327. uld get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn on the hazard warning flashers when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 17 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 18 Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag system Improper service can mean that the airbag system will not work properl
328. unds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the button again to cancel loading more CDs If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner Care of Your CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral det
329. ur dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 20 for more information 3 50 Setting the Time Without Date Display AM FM Base Radio with a Single CD Player This type of radio has a clock button for setting the time You can set the time by following these steps 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press the D power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the button until the hour begins flashing on the display Press the button a second time and the minute begins flashing on the display 3 While either the hour or the minute numbers are flashing turn the 4d tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the time 4 Press the button again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time otherwise the flashing stops after five seconds and
330. ur passenger s are restrained properly too 1 6 A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 23 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by so
331. ure the air conditioning compressor if the vehicle has one is on and recirculation mode is off od Floor Defog Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct the air to the windshield the side window outlets and to the floor outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near freezing or below WwW Defrost Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct most of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible An indicator light on the knob will come on to show that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger will turn off about fifteen minutes after the knob is pressed If turned on again the defogger will run for about seven and one half minutes before turning off If the vehicle speed is greater than 50 mph 80 km h and the rear defogger is active it will remain on as long as the speed is greater than 50 mph 80 km h The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the knob again or by turning off the engine Gt Rear Defogger P
332. using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 48 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless entry transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wron
333. ve polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overs
334. ve your vehicle serviced at your dealer retailer as soon as possible 2 20 Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off Audio System e Power Windows The radio will work when the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Once the key is turned off power to the radio and windows will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened Starting the Engine Place the transmission in the proper gear Automatic Transmission Move the shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N The engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in neutral position and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal down to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down That is a safety feature Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm u
335. vehicle Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If you are locked out of your vehicle contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Your Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in operating range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or sno
336. vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process
337. w TireS sisccsssdeceesieereeesieeeeescaieness 5 68 Different Size Tires and Wheels 0006 5 69 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeeees 5 70 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 71 Wheel Replacement eeceeeeeeeeeeerenees 5 72 Tire Chain csices tivin bea stisdocanads ar EEEa 5 74 If a Tire Goes Flat ce rean eee eee ees 5 75 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 000 5 76 Appearance Care c ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 85 Interior Cleaning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee een ees 5 85 Fabric Garpet i 20 avesesienwtleni ive lied 5 86 Leather sons eee beskeden 5 87 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic MUN ACES 2553 ce enna tase DRED NEDE E R 5 87 Care of Safety Belts cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeee eens 5 88 WeathGrstnipS cesser nende eai 5 88 Washing Your Vehicle sees rr rer enn 5 88 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 5 89 Finish CARS e cccccscccsarncateacaseitaaen renia SNE 5 89 Windshield and Wiper Blades sacc 5 90 Convertible TOP ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 5 90 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim 5 91 MRCS ricerca oes AEE TE EA AT 5 91 Sheet Metal Damage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 92 Finish Damage ar rs at aa 5 92 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeee ee 5 92 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 92 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 93
338. w of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping fuel Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids lik
339. weather 0 F 18 C or lower you may damage top components Do not lower the top in cold weather Notice If you raise or lower the convertible top while the vehicle is in motion you could damage the top or the top mechanism The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in FIRST 1 or REVERSE R turn the ignition off and engage the parking brake before raising or lowering the convertible top A CAUTION Moving parts of the convertible top can be dangerous People can be injured by the convertible top and its mechanism Keep people away from your vehicle when you are lowering or raising the top 2 37 Lowering the Manual Convertible Top 1 Empty the trunk of all contents 2 Park on a level surface and set the parking brake Shift an automatic transmission into PARK P Shift a manual transmission into FIRST 1 or REVERSE R 3 Make sure the ignition is turned off 4 Push the trunk release button located in the glove box or on the remote keyless entry if equipped 5 Lift the trunk 6 The convertible top front latch located above the inside rearview mirror must be unlatched Pull the latch down and turn it counterclockwise to unlatch it Leave the latch open and turned to prevent damage 7 Pull rearward on the side edge B of the convertible top and pull it off of the windshield frame 8 Push the convertible to
340. with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 27 5 24 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C Protect against rust and corrosion Help keep the proper engine temperature Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable wa
341. with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solve
342. wy weather Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement later in this section If you are still having trouble see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The vehicle s doors can be locked and unlocked and the trunk can be unlatched from about 3 feet 1 m up to 60 feet 18 m away with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Lock Press the lock button to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once and the horn may chirp to indicate locking has occurred See LOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 44 m Unlock Press the unlock button one time to unlock the driver s door Press the unlock button again within five seconds to unlock the other doors The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps will flash once to indicate unlocking has occurred See UNLOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 44 i Trunk Release Press and hold this button for approximately one second to release the trunk lid The trunk release will only work if the ignition
343. x on page 2 35 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located towards the center of the instrument panel Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition switch Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel is located on the left side of the steering column Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column To tilt the wheel pull down the lever Then move the includes the following wheel to a comfortable position pull up the lever to e 0 Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn lock the wheel in place and Lane Change Signals on
344. y See your dealer retailer for service Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when you start your vehicle KAES OFF PASSENGER AIRBAG 2 e Na United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you are using remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 1 43 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbag is not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that rear facing child restraints not be transported in your vehicle even if the airbag is off A label on your sun vis
345. y when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be ina serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe Turn on the hazard warning flashers Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow Puton extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm 4 21 A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run th

2008 Pontiac Solstice Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents